WO2023157383A1 - Orthopedic procedure training device - Google Patents

Orthopedic procedure training device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023157383A1
WO2023157383A1 PCT/JP2022/039563 JP2022039563W WO2023157383A1 WO 2023157383 A1 WO2023157383 A1 WO 2023157383A1 JP 2022039563 W JP2022039563 W JP 2022039563W WO 2023157383 A1 WO2023157383 A1 WO 2023157383A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
water tank
orthopedic
training device
wall member
elastic wall
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/039563
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
克也 宮川
美沙 松本
明 出沢
Original Assignee
ニプロ株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ニプロ株式会社 filed Critical ニプロ株式会社
Publication of WO2023157383A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023157383A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09BEDUCATIONAL OR DEMONSTRATION APPLIANCES; APPLIANCES FOR TEACHING, OR COMMUNICATING WITH, THE BLIND, DEAF OR MUTE; MODELS; PLANETARIA; GLOBES; MAPS; DIAGRAMS
    • G09B23/00Models for scientific, medical, or mathematical purposes, e.g. full-sized devices for demonstration purposes
    • G09B23/28Models for scientific, medical, or mathematical purposes, e.g. full-sized devices for demonstration purposes for medicine
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09BEDUCATIONAL OR DEMONSTRATION APPLIANCES; APPLIANCES FOR TEACHING, OR COMMUNICATING WITH, THE BLIND, DEAF OR MUTE; MODELS; PLANETARIA; GLOBES; MAPS; DIAGRAMS
    • G09B9/00Simulators for teaching or training purposes

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a training device for training orthopedic surgical procedures performed under an endoscope for diseases related to bones such as lumbar vertebrae and joints.
  • Patent Document 1 International Publication No. 2019/107441
  • a lumbar vertebrae simulating portion that simulates a lumbar vertebrae with lumbar vertebrae disease is covered with a muscle tissue simulating portion made of elastomer or gel-like resin.
  • the problem to be solved by the present invention is to improve or solve at least one of the practical problems of conventional training devices, and to provide an orthopedic training device with a novel structure that is more practical.
  • the problem to be solved by the present invention also includes providing an orthopedic training device with high training effect.
  • a first aspect comprises a water tank containing a training liquid, a model supporting section for positioning and supporting a training skeletal model inside the water tank, and at least a part of a wall of the water tank. and an elastic wall member made of an elastic material through which a mirror can be inserted.
  • the elastic wall member through which the endoscope can be inserted constitutes at least a part of the wall of the aquarium, for example, a rigid wall member constituting the wall of the aquarium is used.
  • the insertion position of the endoscope is allowed by the elastic deformation of the elastic wall member, so that the insertion position does not change. etc. are also allowed, and it is possible to train by bringing the feeling of the procedure closer to the actual human skin.
  • an operation similar to moving the endoscope laterally as the skin stretches is realized, such as a procedure called handdown, in which the endoscope is pushed down while it is inserted from the side. It becomes possible. Therefore, it is possible to train procedures in orthopedic surgery in an environment that is closer to actual surgical conditions.
  • a second aspect is the orthopedic technique training device according to the first aspect, wherein in the elastic wall member, a hole for inserting the endoscope can be formed by puncturing a perforating member, and the perforating member is removed. The insertion hole is closed based on the elasticity of the elastic wall member itself.
  • the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect for example, even when the insertion position of the endoscope is located below the liquid level of the training liquid, the elasticity of the elastic wall member allows the insertion hole for the endoscope to be opened. Since it is closable, the insertion hole is closed at the same time as the piercing member is removed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent liquid from leaking through the insertion hole without providing a separate sealing member or the like, thereby simplifying the structure.
  • a third aspect is the orthopedic surgery training device according to the first or second aspect, wherein the elastic wall member constitutes at least a part of the peripheral wall of the water tank, and the upper side of the elastic wall member A portion is a curved wall portion that curves and extends inwardly to cover the upper opening of the water tank.
  • the elastic wall member can be regarded as the skin of the curved part of the human body from the flank to the back, and the upper (back) ), it is possible to train the insertion of the endoscope not only from the portion that spreads flat at the outer side, but also from the portion that curves more outwardly.
  • the elastic wall member is provided from the upper opening to the peripheral wall portion, it is possible to move the endoscope downward, such as during hand-down training.
  • a fourth aspect is the orthopedic technique training apparatus according to the third aspect, wherein the peripheral wall portion of the water tank has a rectangular cylindrical shape having four flat vertical wall portions as a whole, and at least one vertical wall portion is The elastic wall member is arranged in the opening provided in the part.
  • the two right and left vertical wall portions of the rectangular tube can be regarded as the left and right flanks of the human body.
  • a fifth aspect is the orthopedic technique training device according to the fourth aspect, wherein the elastic wall member is in the form of a rectangular sheet, and the upper edge and the lower edge of the elastic wall member extend against the water tank.
  • the elastic wall member is attached in a tensioned state in the vertical direction, and in this attached state, both side portions in the width direction of the elastic wall member are on the opening side on both sides in the width direction of the opening portion. It is sealed by being pressed against an edge-like abutting portion that is convex toward the outside.
  • the rectangular sheet-like elastic wall member is attached while being pulled in the vertical direction so as to cover the opening provided in the vertical wall.
  • the opening is sealed to prevent liquid leakage through the opening.
  • edge-like contact portions are provided on both sides in the width direction of the opening portion, and are pressed against both width-direction side portions of the elastic wall member.
  • the contact pressure of the elastic wall member is improved, and the sealing performance of the elastic wall member can be improved.
  • the elastic wall member is arranged in a stretched state having a tensile stress in the vertical direction, excessive deformation of the elastic wall member is suppressed even when the endoscope is moved downward during handdown training, for example. and improved stability.
  • a sixth aspect is the orthopedic technique training device according to the fifth aspect, wherein an upper rod is attached to the upper edge of the elastic wall member and a lower rod is attached to the lower edge of the elastic wall member, The upper rod and the lower rod are detachably fixed to the water tank so that the elastic wall member is mounted in a tensioned state in the vertical direction.
  • the upper rod and the lower rod are fixed to the water tank in a state separated from the natural length of the elastic wall member, so that the elastic wall member is pulled in the vertical direction. It can be easily attached to the water tank in the state.
  • a seventh aspect is the orthopedic surgery training device according to the fifth or sixth aspect, wherein the opening portion is formed over the entire width direction of one vertical wall portion, and The edge-like abutting portions against which the widthwise side portions of the elastic wall member are pressed are formed by the edge portions of the vertical wall portions located on both sides of the wall portion in the circumferential direction. be.
  • the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect it is possible to ensure a sufficiently large width dimension of the opening portion, and to construct the edge-shaped abutment portion by skillfully utilizing the edge portions of the vertical wall portions on both sides. Therefore, it is possible to seal the opening by means of the elastic wall member without providing a special edge-like abutting portion.
  • An eighth aspect is the orthopedic technique training device according to any one of the fourth to seventh aspects, wherein the outer peripheral portion of the elastic wall member is superimposed on the vertical wall portion and sealed in a contact state.
  • a pressing mechanism that presses from the outside is provided in at least a part of the portion that
  • a pressing mechanism that presses the outer peripheral portion of the elastic wall member from the outside in a contact state in which the outer peripheral portion of the elastic wall member is superimposed on the vertical wall portion. It is possible to further improve the sealing performance of the opening portion by the wall member.
  • a ninth aspect is the orthopedic training apparatus according to the eighth aspect, wherein a separate receiving tank having an upward opening larger than the circumference of the water tank is disposed below the water tank, and The pressing mechanism for pressing the elastic wall member from the outside is provided between the elastic wall member and the peripheral wall of the receiving tank.
  • the orthopedic training device of this aspect since a larger receiving tank is provided below the water tank, even if the liquid for training spills from the water tank, it can be received by the receiving tank. Then, the pressing mechanism can be provided by making good use of such a receiving tank.
  • a tenth aspect is the plastic surgery training device according to the ninth aspect, wherein the pressing mechanism includes a block-shaped pressing member made of an elastic material.
  • a pressing mechanism that presses the elastic wall member from the outside can be configured, Sealing of the opening portion by the elastic wall member can be easily realized.
  • An eleventh aspect is the orthopedic technique training device according to any one of the first to tenth aspects, wherein a visible position marker indicating a planned insertion position of the endoscope can be displayed on the elastic wall member. It is what is done.
  • the effects of the training can be more reliably received.
  • the position marker may be displayed on the elastic wall member in advance before use of the training device.
  • the operator when performing training including selection of the insertion position of the endoscope, the operator may be able to write the position marker when using the training device.
  • a twelfth aspect is the orthopedic technique training apparatus according to any one of the first to eleventh aspects, wherein a prescribed water level necessary for immersing the skeletal model in water is set in the water tank, and In the above, a region extending below the specified water level is composed of the elastic wall member.
  • the insertion position of the endoscope provided by the elastic wall member can be assumed. It becomes possible to select in areas extending more laterally or downwardly of the human body to be treated.
  • a thirteenth aspect is the orthopedic training apparatus according to any one of the first to twelfth aspects, wherein the water tank includes a vertical wall portion forming a peripheral wall portion and an upper wall portion covering an upper opening.
  • the vertical wall portion and the upper wall portion are transparent.
  • the state of training can be visually recognized from the outside, and the effects of training can be easily confirmed.
  • a fourteenth aspect is the orthopedic training apparatus according to any one of the first to thirteenth aspects, wherein the wall of the water tank is provided with an insertion hole for the endoscope, and the water tank a model position setting mechanism for movably and fixedly setting the skeletal model to a plurality of different positions inside the skeletal model, and the distance from the insertion hole to the skeletal model can be changed by moving the skeletal model It is said that
  • the model position setting mechanism can move the skeletal model to a plurality of different positions in the water tank, and the distance from the insertion hole to the skeletal model can be appropriately adjusted and set. becomes possible. Therefore, for example, assuming that the distance from the skin to the skeleton differs depending on the body type of the patient, the distance from the insertion hole of the water tank to the skeleton model is appropriately set or different in multiple types. It becomes possible to do
  • a fifteenth aspect is the orthopedic training apparatus according to the fourteenth aspect, wherein a base member to which the skeletal model is attachable and detachable is arranged inside the water tank, and the base member is moved in the horizontal direction.
  • the model position setting mechanism includes a guide mechanism that guides the model, and a lock mechanism that positions the base member at a plurality of positions in the movement direction of the guide mechanism.
  • a base member that is moved and positioned by a guide mechanism and a lock mechanism is adopted, and the skeleton model is supported by the base member.
  • the position of the skeletal model can be easily changed, and there is no need to directly grasp and move the skeletal model, so the risk of damage to the skeletal model can be reduced.
  • a sixteenth aspect is the orthopedic training device according to the fifteenth aspect, wherein the guide mechanism includes a guide rod and a guide hole provided in the base member and through which the guide rod is inserted. As the guide rod and the guide hole rotate relative to each other around the central axis, the outer peripheral portion of the guide rod and the inner peripheral portion of the guide hole engage with each other.
  • the lock mechanism is configured by preventing the movement of the base member in the axial direction of the guide rod so that it can be fixed.
  • the guide hole (base member) can be fixed and released from the guide rod, i.e., in the water tank.
  • the position of the skeleton model can be switched between fixed and movable.
  • a seventeenth aspect is the orthopedic training device according to the sixteenth aspect, wherein in the locking mechanism, protrusions extending in the circumferential direction are formed on the outer peripheral surface of the guide rod and the inner peripheral surface of the guide hole.
  • the protrusion on the guide rod side and the protrusion on the guide hole side are meshed so as to overlap in the axial direction, thereby causing the biting. It is designed so that a mutual effect can be exhibited.
  • the locking mechanism is realized by the engagement action in the axial direction between the convex portion on the guide rod side and the convex portion on the guide hole side.
  • An eighteenth aspect comprises a water tank containing a training liquid and capable of placing a training skeletal model immersed in the liquid, and inserting an endoscope from the outside of the water tank into the skeletal model.
  • a separate receiving tank is arranged below the water tank, and an upward opening in the receiving tank is made larger than the circumference of the water tank.
  • the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect since a larger receiving tank is provided below the water tank, even if the liquid for training spills from the water tank, it can be received by the receiving tank, and the liquid for training can be received by the receiving tank. Liquid leakage to the device can be prevented, and the flexibility of the installation location of the device is also increased.
  • a nineteenth aspect is the orthopedic training device according to the eighteenth aspect, wherein the water tank is detachable with respect to the receiving tank, and positioning is performed by relatively positioning the water tank and the receiving tank in the horizontal direction.
  • a mechanism is provided.
  • a twentieth aspect is the orthopedic training apparatus according to the eighteenth or nineteenth aspect, wherein the volume in which the liquid can be stored in the receiving tank is equal to or greater than a specified volume of liquid to be stored in the water tank during training. It is.
  • the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect even if the entire amount of the training liquid stored in the water tank leaks from the water tank, the entire amount of the liquid can be received by the receiving tank, and the liquid cannot flow out of the training apparatus. Leakage can be prevented more reliably. Also, for example, by transferring the entire amount of liquid in the water tank to the receiving tank after training, it is possible to carry out wastewater treatment while holding only the receiving tank.
  • a twenty-first aspect is the orthopedic training apparatus according to any one of the eighteenth to twentieth aspects, wherein the water tank is provided with an openable and closable water tank drainage port, and the water tank drainage port is located in the receiving tank. The opening position is provided, and the receiving tank is also provided with an openable and closable receiving tank drainage port.
  • the training liquid in the water tank can be drained to the receiving tank, and the training liquid in the water tank can be discharged. is drained into the receiving tank, the training liquid in the receiving tank can be drained to the outside of the training apparatus by opening the receiving tank drain port. Therefore, when draining water from the water tank or the receiving tank, there is no need to lift the whole of the water tank or the receiving tank, thereby facilitating the operation. Further, by draining a predetermined amount or all of the liquid in the water tank in the receiving tank, it becomes possible to facilitate the carrying of the water tank.
  • a twenty-second aspect is the orthopedic technique training apparatus according to any one of the eighteenth to twenty-first aspects, wherein the endoscope can be inserted into a vertical wall portion forming a peripheral wall portion of the water tank. be.
  • the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect if the endoscope is inserted into the vertical wall portion that constitutes the peripheral wall portion of the water tank, and if the endoscope is removed during or after training, there is a risk that liquid will leak out of the water tank. Even if there is, the receiving tank can prevent the liquid from splashing or leaking to the outside.
  • a twenty-third aspect is the orthopedic training apparatus according to the twenty-second aspect, wherein a position where the endoscope can be inserted in the vertical wall portion of the water tank is located below a prescribed water level for training. It is set.
  • the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect even if liquid leaks from the water tank to the outside when inserting or removing the endoscope, the liquid is stored in the receiving tank, and the liquid leaks and spreads to the outside from there. Avoided. Therefore, by providing a receiving tank, it is possible to easily select and train in a wide area from the side to the lower side of the human body where the insertion port of the endoscope is assumed, without considering the risk of liquid leakage. It becomes possible.
  • the elastic wall member according to any one of the first to eleventh aspects can be employed in the water tank. This makes it easy to set the position where the endoscope inserted through the elastic wall member can be inserted below the specified water level. It should be noted that this aspect includes the case where the insertion position of the endoscope is moved below the specified water level due to the elastic deformation of the elastic wall member accompanying the hand-down operation.
  • a twenty-fourth aspect is the orthopedic training device according to any one of the eighteenth to twenty-third aspects, wherein the separation of the water tank and the receiving tank is restricted, and the receiving tank is held attached to the water tank.
  • a connecting means is provided for
  • a twenty-fifth aspect is the orthopedic training device according to the twenty-fourth aspect, wherein the connecting means is configured using a permanent magnet.
  • the connecting means can be configured with a simple structure. For example, by arranging the permanent magnets so as to exhibit attractive force in the vertical direction, even if an external force exerted during training exerts a vertically upward force on the water tank, the rattling of the water tank can be effectively suppressed. becomes possible.
  • the orthopedic technique training device it is possible to train the technique in endoscopic orthopedic surgery in an environment that is closer to actual surgical conditions.
  • the orthopedic technique training device According to the orthopedic technique training device according to the present invention, it is easy to realize an environment in which training operations such as hand-down of an endoscope are permitted.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing the orthopedic training device as a first embodiment of the present invention in use;
  • FIG. FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing the orthopedic training device shown in FIG. 1 in an unused state;
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a single water tank constituting the orthopedic training apparatus shown in FIG. 1;
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view from the bottom side of a water tank that constitutes the orthopedic training apparatus shown in FIG. 1;
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a receiving tank that constitutes the orthopedic training apparatus shown in FIG. 1;
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a pressing mechanism that constitutes the orthopedic training device shown in FIG. 1;
  • FIG. 2 is a front view showing a specific example of a skeletal model used in the orthopedic training device shown in FIG. 1 in a state of being fixed to a bracket;
  • FIG. 2 is a right side view schematically showing a specific example of an endoscope used in the orthopedic training device shown in FIG. 1;
  • Front view of the endoscope shown in FIG. 15 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG.
  • FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing the orthopedic training device shown in FIG. 18 in a see-through state; 18 is a perspective view showing the orthopedic training device shown in FIG. 18 is a perspective view showing the orthopedic training device shown in FIG. 18 from the bottom side; FIG. 19 is a plan view showing a state in which the upper wall portion is removed in the orthopedic training device shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 24 is a vertical cross-sectional view of the model position setting mechanism shown in FIG. 23, which is a cross-sectional view of the front end portion in a state where a bracket is attached to the base member that constitutes the model position setting mechanism;
  • FIG. 24 is a vertical cross-sectional view of the model position setting mechanism shown in FIG. 23, which is a cross-sectional view of the rear end portion in a state where a bracket is attached to the base member that constitutes the model position setting mechanism;
  • FIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an unlocked state and a locked state by a lock mechanism, where (a) shows the unlocked state and (b) shows the locked state;
  • FIG. 24 is a vertical cross-sectional view of the model position setting mechanism shown in FIG. 23, which is a cross-sectional view of the front end portion in a state where a bracket is attached to the base member that constitutes the model position setting mechanism;
  • FIG. 24 is a vertical cross-sectional view of the model position setting mechanism shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 7 is a longitudinal sectional view showing an orthopedic training device as a third embodiment of the present invention, corresponding to FIG. 6;
  • FIG. 1 shows an orthopedic training device 10 as a first embodiment of the present invention.
  • This orthopedic technique training device 10 is intended to improve the technical proficiency of the user in orthopedic surgery using an endoscope, and is designed to allow the user to perform surgical technique training at home, for example. is.
  • the orthopedic technique training device 10 includes a training skeletal model 12 imitating a lesion site, and a water tank 14 in which the skeletal model 12 is fixed and accommodated. A distal end portion of an endoscope 16 is inserted into the water tank 14 from the outside, so that a surgical technique for the skeletal model 12 can be trained.
  • the orthopedic training device 10 may be configured including such an endoscope 16 .
  • Water tank 14 contains water 18, which is a liquid for training.
  • the water 18 is stored at a specified capacity or more, specifically, the water 18 is stored to such an extent that the entire skeletal model 12 is immersed in the water 18. That is, a specified water level required for immersing the skeleton model 12 in the water 18 may be set in the water tank 14. For example, a mark indicating the specified water level is provided in the water tank 14, and the surface of the water 18 reaches the mark. The water 18 may be poured into the water tank 14 until it reaches the end. In this embodiment, no particular water level is set, and the water 18 is simply stored up to the vicinity of the upper end portion of the water tank 14 . Of course, the upper end portion of the water tank 14 may be the specified water level.
  • the liquid for training is not limited to the water 18, and may be, for example, a colored liquid, but is preferably transparent so that the state of training can be seen.
  • the visible light transmittance is, for example, 80% or more so that the image of the endoscope 16 can be checked on a monitor (not shown) connected to the endoscope 16 .
  • FIG. 2 to 8 show the device body 20 of the orthopedic training device 10.
  • FIG. The device body 20 includes the water tank 14 described above.
  • the water tank 14 as a whole has a substantially box-like shape that opens upward, and has an upper opening 22 . That is, the water tank 14 includes a rectangular flat bottom wall portion 24 and peripheral wall portions 26 projecting upward from the four outer peripheral edge portions of the bottom wall portion 24 .
  • the peripheral wall portion 26 has a rectangular tubular shape as a whole and has four flat vertical wall portions 28 .
  • the vertical direction is the vertical direction, which is the vertical direction in FIG.
  • the front-rear direction refers to the left-right direction in FIG.
  • a skeleton model of the lumbar spine is used as the skeleton model 12, and the front refers to the neck of the skeleton model 12 when the skeleton model 12 is placed in the water tank 14 as shown in FIG.
  • the left side in FIG. 4 is the side, and the rear side is the leg side of the skeleton model 12 in FIG.
  • the left-right direction means the left-right direction in FIG.
  • the upper opening 22 of the water tank 14 is partially covered by the upper wall portion 30 .
  • the upper wall portion 30 has a substantially rectangular plate shape, and is formed with a through hole 32 passing therethrough in the plate thickness direction (vertical direction).
  • six through-holes 32 are formed and arranged in line in the front-rear and left-right directions.
  • a valve body 34 made of an elastic material such as rubber or urethane foam is attached to each through hole 32 .
  • Each valve body 34 has a substantially cylindrical shape with an outer diameter larger than the diameter of each through hole 32, and the outer diameter of the intermediate portion in the thickness direction (vertical direction) is reduced.
  • Each valve body 34 is attached to each through hole 32 by fitting the inner peripheral edge portion of each through hole 32 into a portion having a small diameter in the middle portion in the thickness direction of each valve body 34 .
  • a central portion of each valve body 34 is provided with a thin portion 36 that is thinner than other portions and into which the endoscope 16 can be punctured and inserted.
  • upper wall holders 40 are fixed by bolts or screws to the upper end portions of the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b on both sides in the front-rear direction of the vertical wall portion 28 of the water tank 14. ing.
  • Each upper wall holding portion 40 is provided with a mounting portion 42 protruding inward in the facing direction (front-rear direction), and both front-rear direction ends of the upper wall portion 30 are mounted on each mounting portion 42 .
  • There is Both front and rear ends of the upper wall portion 30 are mounted on the mounting portions 42 of the respective upper wall holding portions 40, and the front and rear ends of the upper wall portion 30 and the mounting portions 42 are connected by a rotary operation knob.
  • the upper wall portion 30 is releasably fixed to the upper opening portion 22 of the water tank 14 by being fixed by a known fixing means such as a locking mechanism, and is detachably attached.
  • a wall portion 46 of the water tank 14 is configured including the upper wall portion 30 and the peripheral wall portion 26 .
  • the peripheral wall portion 26 (each vertical wall portion 28) and the upper wall portion 30 are preferably made of a transparent resin material, and preferably have a visible light transmittance of 80% or higher.
  • the peripheral wall portion 26 (each of the vertical wall portions 28) and the upper wall portion 30 are transparent, they are not limited to being entirely transparent, and may be partially transparent. good too.
  • the bottom wall portion 24 is set to have a low visible light transmittance in consideration of ease of attachment of the bracket 152 to the skeletal model 12, which will be described later.
  • the right vertical wall portion 28, which is one of the four vertical wall portions 28, is provided with an opening portion 48.
  • the portion 48 extends over the entire width direction (front-rear direction) of the right vertical wall portion 28 and also extends over the entire vertical direction.
  • the opening portion 48 provided in the right vertical wall portion 28 is continuous with the upper opening portion 22 and constitutes one large opening portion 50 that opens rightward and upward.
  • the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b on both the front and rear sides are smoothly curved and continuous from the right side to the upper side, and are formed so as to have no bending points (bending points).
  • edge-like abutment portions convex toward the opening side are provided on the respective end edges of the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b and the bottom wall portion 24 on both front and rear sides that constitute the opening portion 48.
  • a portion 52 is provided.
  • the plate thickness dimension is gradually reduced toward the opening side in the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b on both front and rear sides located on both sides in the circumferential direction of the right vertical wall portion 28 and the right end portion of the bottom wall portion 24.
  • edge-like contact portions 52 are provided on both sides in the width direction (both sides in the front-rear direction) and on the lower side of the opening portion 48 .
  • the edge-like contact portions 52 of the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b on both the front and rear sides extend not only to the right side of the water tank 14 but also to the upper side (that is, the edge portion of the upper opening 22). is provided.
  • an upper fixing member 54 for fixing the upper end side portion of an elastic wall member 90 described later is provided to the right of the fixing portion of the upper wall portion 30.
  • a bolt or It is fixed with screws.
  • the upper fixing member 54 extends in the vertical direction as a whole, and is bifurcated at its upper end, and an upper support recess 56 is provided at the bifurcated portion for hooking an upper rod 98, which will be described later.
  • each upper fixing member 54 is assembled with a retaining member 57, and when the upper rod 98 is hooked to each upper support recess 56, By covering the openings of the upper support recesses 56 with the retaining members 57, the upper rods 98 are prevented from slipping out of the respective upper support recesses 56.
  • a lower fixing member 58 for fixing a lower end side portion of an elastic wall member 90, which will be described later, is fixed to the right end portion of the lower surface of the bottom wall portion 24 by bolts or screws.
  • the lower fixing member 58 extends in the left-right direction as a whole and is bifurcated at the right end, and the bifurcated portion is provided with a lower support recess 60 to which a lower rod 100 described later is hooked.
  • a model supporting portion 61 for positioning and supporting the skeleton model 12 inside the water tank 14 is provided on the inner surface (upper surface) of the bottom wall portion 24 of the water tank 14 .
  • the model support portion 61 of this embodiment includes a first fixing portion 62 and a second fixing portion 64 for fixing a bracket 152 in the skeletal model 12 to be described later. is fixed to the bottom wall portion 24 of the water tank 14 by bolts or screws. As shown in FIGS. 8 and 10, the first fixing portion 62 and the second fixing portion 64 are separated from each other in the front-rear direction, and the first fixing portion 62 is provided in front of the water tank 14. , a second fixing portion 64 is provided at the rear.
  • the first fixing portion 62 has a certain lateral dimension, and a rearwardly opening first fixing groove 66 is formed in the lower portion of the first fixing portion 62 .
  • the first fixing groove 66 is formed over the entire length of the first fixing portion 62 in the front-rear direction.
  • a tubular portion penetrating in the vertical direction is provided in the central portion of the second fixing portion 64, and the second fixing portion 64 includes a rotating member capable of rotating around the central axis of the tubular portion. 68 is installed.
  • the rotating member 68 is provided with a pressing portion 70 that presses a rear engaging protrusion 156 of a bracket 152, which will be described later, from above.
  • a lever member 74 having a knob portion 72 protruding upward is assembled substantially coaxially with the rotating member 68 . and rotate integrally.
  • the rotating member 68 and the lever member 74 can be integrally fixed by, for example, fastening bolts or screws (not shown).
  • An accommodation groove 76 is formed in the lower surface of the second fixing portion 64 to accommodate the pressing portion 70 when the rotating member 68 is rotated to release the pressing portion 70 from pressing the engaging projection 156 . ing.
  • each water tank leg 78 projecting downward are provided at the four corners of the bottom wall part 24 of the water tank 14 .
  • each water tank leg 78 is fixed to the bottom wall 24 by bolts or screws.
  • Each water tank leg 78 has a substantially truncated cone shape as a whole, and a positioning recess 80 opening downward is formed in the lower surface of each.
  • Each water tank leg 78 may be made of synthetic resin, but may also be made entirely or partially of metal having ferromagnetism or paramagnetism. If each water tank leg 78 is made of synthetic resin, for example, the permanent magnet 82 may be embedded inside.
  • a through-hole 84 is formed in the lower left portion thereof and penetrates in the plate thickness direction (front-to-rear direction).
  • a water tank port member 88 is assembled. The inside and outside of the water tank 14 communicate with each other through the water tank drain port 86 .
  • This water tank drain port 86 is open toward a receiving tank 106 which is positioned below and will be described later.
  • a port 86 ) is located within the reservoir 106 .
  • the tube 89 is provided with a clamp and a valve capable of switching between opening and closing, so that the water tank drain port 86 can be opened and closed.
  • the wall portion 46 of the water tank 14 is constituted by an elastic wall member 90 made of an elastic material through which the endoscope 16 can be inserted.
  • a portion is constituted by an elastic wall member 90 .
  • the right vertical wall portion 28, which is one of the four vertical wall portions 28, is provided with the opening portion 48, and the elastic wall member is provided so as to cover the opening portion 48. 90 are placed.
  • an elastic wall member 90 is provided in place of the right vertical wall portion 28 in the water tank 14, and the front and rear vertical wall portions 28a and 28b, the left vertical wall portion 28c and the elastic wall member 90 are provided.
  • a substantially box-shaped water tank 14 is constructed.
  • the material of the elastic material constituting the elastic wall member 90 is not limited, for example, foamed resin such as closed-cell urethane foam, non-foamed soft synthetic resin, silicone sheet, artificial rubber sheet (foamed or non-foamed) can be used. (including foaming) and composite materials thereof can be used, and foamed urethane is used in this embodiment.
  • the hardness of the elastic wall member 90 is not limited, it is preferable to set the Shore C hardness within the range of 20° to 90° so as to achieve elongation characteristics close to those of human skin.
  • the elastic wall member 90 is in the form of a substantially rectangular sheet, and is flexibly elastically deformable. 1 to 7, the elastic wall member 90 is provided from the right side to the upper side of the opening 50, and covers the right side of the opening 50 (the opening portion 48) and extends substantially flat.
  • the elastic wall member 90 is provided over a region below the specified water level necessary for immersing the skeleton model 12 .
  • the position where the endoscope 16 can be inserted in the right vertical wall portion 28 (elastic wall member 90) can be set below the specified water level for training.
  • the flat portions such as the right flat portion 92 and the upper flat portion 94 of the elastic wall member 90 are not essential. If the elastic wall member 90 is curved without bending, the elastic wall member 90 may be curved along the entire right end surface of the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b.
  • An upper rod 98 is attached to the upper side of the elastic wall member 90 (the end of the upper flat portion 94 opposite to the curved wall portion 96), and the lower side of the elastic wall member 90 (the right side).
  • a lower rod 100 is attached to the end of the flat portion 92 opposite the curved wall portion 96 .
  • an upper rod 98 and a lower rod 100 extend in the width direction (front-rear direction) of the elastic wall member 90 and are inserted through the upper edge portion and the lower edge portion of the elastic wall member 90 , respectively.
  • These upper and lower rods 98 and 100 protrude from the elastic wall member 90 on both sides in the front-rear direction. Fixed.
  • mounting recesses 104 that are recessed inward in the length direction of the elastic wall member 90 are provided on both side portions in the width direction (front-rear direction) of the upper end side portion and the lower end side portion of the elastic wall member 90 .
  • the upper rod 98 is partially exposed by the mounting recesses 104 on the upper end side of the elastic wall member 90
  • the lower rod 100 is partially exposed by the mounting recesses 104 on the lower end side of the elastic wall member 90 .
  • the upper rods 98 exposed from the mounting recesses 104 at the upper edge of the elastic wall member 90 are hooked on the upper support recesses 56 of the upper fixing members 54 fixed to the vertical walls 28a and 28b on both front and rear sides.
  • the lower rods 100 exposed from the mounting recesses 104 at the lower end side portions of the elastic wall member 90 are hooked to the lower support recesses 60 of the lower fixing members 58 fixed to the bottom wall portion 24, thereby forming the elastic wall member. 90 is mounted over opening 48 in tub 14 .
  • the separation distance along the right end surfaces of the front and rear vertical wall portions 28a and 28b is larger than the natural length of the elastic wall member 90 in the longitudinal direction. That is, when the upper and lower rods 98, 100 are hooked on the upper and lower support recesses 56, 60, respectively, the elastic wall member 90 is pulled in the longitudinal direction. It is pressed against each edge-like abutting portion 52 which is the end edge of the opening portion 48 with a state. Therefore, when the elastic wall member 90 is attached to the water tank 14, for example, after the lower rod 100 is hooked to the lower support recess 60, the upper rod 98 is pulled into the upper support recess 56 while pulling the elastic wall member 90 in the longitudinal direction.
  • the elastic wall member 90 is attached to the water tank 14 in a state in which the elastic wall member 90 is pulled more vertically than in the natural state.
  • the upper and lower edges of the elastic wall member 90 are fixedly attached to the water tank 14, so that the elastic wall member 90 is attached in a state of tension in the vertical direction.
  • the elastic wall member 90 is pulled out from the upper support recess 56 while pulling the elastic wall member 90 in the longitudinal direction by gripping both grip portions 102 of the upper rod 98 , and then pulling the upper rod 98 out of the lower support recess 60 . It can be removed from the water tank 14 by withdrawing the lower rod 100 . That is, the upper rod 98 and the lower rod 100 are detachable from the water tank 14 , so that the elastic wall member 90 can be detachably attached to the water tank 14 .
  • a visible position marker (not shown) indicating the expected insertion position of the endoscope 16 may be displayed on the elastic wall member 90 of the present embodiment.
  • Such position markers may be different depending on the user's proficiency level of the procedure. good. Even in such a case, the position markers printed on the elastic wall member 90, etc., are The position, size, etc. may be different.
  • a position marker may be written on the elastic wall member 90 with, for example, an oil-based pen.
  • the user can perform training including selection of the insertion position of the endoscope 16 .
  • position markers may be erasable so that the elastic wall member 90 can be used repeatedly and the position markers can be placed in different locations, for example when training different procedures. .
  • the orthopedic training apparatus 10 of the present embodiment includes a receiving tank 106 larger than the water tank 14 provided below the water tank 14 and an elastic wall member 90 pressed against the edge-like contact portion 52 from the outside.
  • a pressing mechanism 108 for pressing is provided.
  • the pressing mechanism 108 has the elastic wall member 90 outside the elastic wall member 90 in at least a part of the opening portion 48 where the outer peripheral portion of the elastic wall member 90 is overlapped with the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b on both the front and rear sides to be sealed. It is preferable that the elastic wall member 90 is pressed from the front and back sides of the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b, and the bottom wall portion of the elastic wall member 90 by the pressing mechanism 108, as will be described later. 24 edge-like abutment portions 52 are pressed.
  • the receiving tank 106 has a generally box-like shape that opens upward as a whole, and includes a substantially rectangular bottom wall 110 and a peripheral wall 112 that protrudes upward from the outer peripheral edge of the bottom wall 110 .
  • the peripheral wall 112 has a certain amount of vertical dimension, and the volume of liquid that can be stored in the reservoir 106 is set to be equal to or greater than the prescribed volume stored in the water tank 14 during training.
  • Receiving tank legs 114 protruding downward are fixed to the lower surface at the four corners of the bottom wall 110 with bolts or screws.
  • the bottom wall 110 is also provided with a through-hole 116 penetrating in the plate thickness direction (vertical direction).
  • the receiving tank drain port 118 is open to the outside, and a tube 122 or the like is connected to the receiving tank port member 120 as shown in FIG. 1, for example.
  • the tube 122 is provided with a clamp and a valve capable of switching between opening and closing, so that the receiving tank drainage port 118 can be opened and closed.
  • the arrangement positions of the through hole 116 and the receiving tank port member 120 are not limited, and may be provided in the central portion of the bottom wall 110 as shown in FIGS. (eg, left rear of bottom wall 110 as shown in FIGS. 3 and 4).
  • each positioning protrusion 124 projecting upward is fixed by a bolt or screw to the portion of the bottom wall 110 on which the water tank legs 78 of the water tank 14 are overlapped.
  • Each positioning protrusion 124 has a substantially truncated cone shape as a whole and is slightly smaller than the positioning recess 80 in each water tank leg 78 .
  • Each positioning protrusion 124 may be made of synthetic resin, or may be made entirely or partially of metal having ferromagnetism or paramagnetism, for example. When each positioning projection 124 is made of synthetic resin, for example, a permanent magnet 126 may be embedded inside.
  • the positioning protrusions 124 on the bottom wall 110 enter the positioning recesses 80 on the water tank legs 78 .
  • the receiving tank 106 is positioned in the horizontal direction (direction perpendicular to the vertical direction). That is, in the present embodiment, a positioning mechanism 127 that relatively positions the water tank 14 and the receiving tank 106 in the horizontal direction is configured including the positioning concave portion 80 and the positioning convex portion 124 . Since the water tank 14 and the receiving tank 106 are not fixed in the vertical direction, the water tank 14 can be removed from the receiving tank 106 by lifting the water tank 14 from the receiving tank 106 after training.
  • the permanent magnets 82 and 126 are provided in each of the water tank legs 78 and each of the positioning protrusions 124, the mutual attractive forces of these permanent magnets 82 and 126 prevent the water tank 14 from unintentionally detaching from the receiving tank 106. obtain.
  • one of the water tank legs 78 and the positioning protrusions 124 is wholly or partly made of metal, the permanent magnet is attached to the other of the water tank legs 78 and the positioning protrusions 124. It may be provided only.
  • a permanent magnet 82 or 126 is provided on either one of each water tank leg 78 and each positioning protrusion 124, and between each water tank leg 78 and the other of each positioning protrusion 124 a bolt or screw.
  • the bolts or screws that fix the water tank legs 78 and/or the positioning protrusions 124 may be made of permanent magnets. That is, connecting means 128 that includes at least one of the permanent magnets 82 and 126 to restrict unintentional detachment of the water tank 14 and the receiving tank 106 and hold the water tank 14 and the receiving tank 106 in a mounted state can be configured. .
  • the pressing mechanism 108 of this embodiment includes a pressing plate 130 having a screw hole 129 and a knob 134 having a screw 132 screwed into the screw hole 129 .
  • the pressing plate 130 as a whole has a substantially rectangular plate shape with a certain width dimension (front-to-rear dimension). direction dimension).
  • the pressure plate 130 is assembled so that the plate thickness direction is the left-right direction.
  • One surface in the plate thickness direction (the left surface when assembled to the orthopedic training device 10) is a substantially flat surface, and the other surface in the plate thickness direction is provided with a screw hole 129 so that the knob 134 A screw 132 is screwed thereon.
  • the screw is tightened to move the knob 134 in the screw feed direction (from right to left), or the screw is loosened to move the knob. It is possible to move 134 in the opposite direction.
  • the distance (horizontal distance) from one surface of the pressing plate 130 in the plate thickness direction to the end surface of the tightening portion 136 of the knob 134 can be adjusted according to the operation of tightening or loosening the screw.
  • three screw holes 129 are provided on the other surface of the pressing plate 130 in the plate thickness direction and are spaced apart from each other in the front-rear direction. is provided.
  • a notch-shaped recess 138 opening upward is formed penetrating in the plate thickness direction (horizontal direction).
  • Each recess 138 is provided at a position corresponding to each mounting recess 104 on the lower end side portion of the elastic wall member 90 .
  • the pressing mechanism 108 is provided so as to press the elastic wall member 90 from the outside when the water tank 14 is placed on the receiving tank 106 . That is, one surface in the plate thickness direction of the pressing plate 130 which is a substantially flat surface is superimposed on the surface of the elastic wall member 90 opposite to the side superimposed on the opening portion 48 of the water tank 14, and The end surface of the tightening portion 136 of each knob 134 attached to the other surface of the pressing plate 130 in the plate thickness direction abuts against the right inner surface of the peripheral wall 112 of the receiving tank 106 . In particular, as described above, by rotating each knob 134, the horizontal distance from one surface of the pressing plate 130 in the plate thickness direction to the end surface of the tightening portion 136 can be adjusted.
  • the elastic wall member 90 is pressed by the pressing plate 130 to press the water tank 14 .
  • the elastic wall member 90 is substantially compressed in the left-right direction.
  • the pressing mechanism 108 (pressing plate 130) is mounted on the bottom wall 110 of the receiving tank 106, and the elastic wall member 90 extends over a certain vertical range from the lower end of the water tank 14. 14. Specifically, the edge-like abutting portions 52 of the bottom wall portion 24 and the lower portions of the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b on both front and rear sides of the water tank 14 (in particular, the portions extending substantially vertically without reaching the curved portion). The elastic wall member 90 is pressed by the pressing mechanism 108 against.
  • the skeletal model that is attached to the water tank 14 and used for training can be changed according to the training procedure. As shown in FIGS. 152.
  • the skeletal model 12 of the present embodiment employs a lumbar spine skeletal model as training for intervertebral disc herniation surgery.
  • the entire lumbar vertebrae first to fifth lumbar vertebrae
  • a part of the lumbar vertebrae may be modeled.
  • the skeletal model 12 includes the front portions of the third lumbar vertebra L3, the fourth lumbar vertebra L4 and the fifth lumbar vertebra L5, the intervertebral disc 140 between the third lumbar vertebra L3 and the fourth lumbar vertebra L4, the fourth lumbar vertebra L4 and the fifth lumbar vertebra L5. and an intervertebral disc 142 between them.
  • the neck side of the skeletal model 12 is the front side
  • the leg side is the rear side, so the left side in FIG.
  • the right side in FIG. 13 will be described as the rear
  • the upper side in FIG. 13 as the back side will be described as the upper side
  • a nerve model 146 simulating a nerve is inserted through a gap 144 inside the skeleton model 12 .
  • the nerve model 146 has a portion 146a imitating the cauda equina nerve extending in the front-rear direction and a portion 146b imitating the nerve root extending laterally from the cauda equina nerve.
  • the skeletal model 12 has a fibrous internal material 148 imitating a hernia in an internal gap 144 .
  • the fibrous interior material 148 for example, cotton, wool felt, or the like can be preferably used.
  • the skeletal model 12 can be made of hard resin such as epoxy resin or acrylic resin, and is made of foamed polyurethane in this embodiment. Furthermore, in this embodiment, the skeleton model 12 has a multi-layered structure composed of a plurality of layers with different hardnesses.
  • the outermost layer is a covering layer 150 made of a synthetic resin harder than the inner layers.
  • Such an outer layer (coating layer 150) may employ a material different from that of the inner layer, for example, and the hardness may be adjusted by changing the foaming rate of the inner layer.
  • the nerve model 146 may be formed of an elastomer such as silicone, for example.
  • the bracket 152 has a substantially rectangular flat plate shape as a whole, and can be made of hard synthetic resin, for example. Such a bracket 152 is fixed to the lower surface of the skeletal model 12 .
  • the fixing structure between the bracket 152 and the skeletal model 12 is not limited, and may be, for example, adhesion.
  • the bracket 152 and the skeleton model 12 are fixed by press-fitting a pin (not shown) protruding downward from the skeleton model 12 .
  • the skeleton model 12 and the bracket 152 may be bonded together with the pin of the skeleton model 12 inserted into the pin hole 154 of the bracket 152 .
  • engagement protrusions 156, 156 are provided at the lower portion of the bracket 152 so as to protrude on both sides in the front-rear direction.
  • the front-to-rear dimension of the bracket 152 including these engaging protrusions 156, 156 is such that the front engaging protrusion 156 is inserted into the first fixing groove 66 of the first fixing portion 62 in the model support portion 61, and the second The holding portion 70 of the rotating member 68 provided on the fixed portion 64 is sized to hold the rear engaging protrusion 156 from above when the holding portion 70 is in the fixed position. Then, by rotating the rotating member 68 to release the pressing of the engaging projection 156 from above by the pressing portion 70 , the skeleton model 12 can be moved from between the first fixing portion 62 and the second fixing portion 64 . The bracket 152 with the is fixed can be taken out.
  • the distal end portion of the endoscope 16 is inserted from above into the water tank 14 to which the skeletal model 12 is fixed through either the valve bodies 34 provided on the upper wall portion 30 or the elastic wall member 90 . be put in.
  • the structure of the endoscope used in the orthopedic training device 10 according to the present invention is not limited, and for example, an endoscope generally used in surgical operations may be used.
  • the endoscope 16 is a simple endoscope. That is, in the endoscope 16 of this embodiment, the body portion 158 is made of metal.
  • a body portion 158 of the endoscope 16 is formed with three lumens, a first lumen 160, a second lumen 162, and a third lumen 164. These first to third lumens 160, 162, and 164 are respectively It is formed to extend in the length direction of the body portion 158 .
  • the first lumen 160 has a larger diameter than the second and third lumens 162, 164, and is a lumen for sucking the water 18 contained in the water tank 14 and for inserting an instrument (not shown). be.
  • the second lumen 162 is for inserting a cable 180 to be described later
  • the third lumen 164 is a discharge lumen for discharging the water 18 into the water tank 14 .
  • the length direction of the main body 158 refers to the left-right direction in FIG. 15, the distal side refers to the left side in FIG. 15, and the proximal side refers to the right side in FIG. say.
  • the upper side of the body portion 158 means the upper side in FIG. 15, and the lower side means the lower side in FIG.
  • the lower portion of the main body portion 158 protrudes further toward the distal end than the upper portion, and the upper portion of the main body portion 158 is provided with the first lumen 160.
  • a second lumen 162 is provided in the portion.
  • a third lumen 164 is provided in the body portion 158 at a position laterally deviating from the first lumen 160 and the second lumen 162 .
  • first to third lumens 160, 162, 164 are opened at the distal end portion of the endoscope 16, respectively. That is, the endoscope 16 of this embodiment has a suction port 166 as an opening of a first lumen 160 for suctioning the water 18 and a third lumen for discharging the water 18 at the distal end portion. 164 and a discharge port 168 as an opening.
  • a camera 170 is provided at the opening of the second lumen 162 . That is, the camera 170 is provided on the distal side of the suction port 166 and the discharge port 168, and is capable of photographing the instrument inserted through the first lumen 160 (suction port 166).
  • a proximal end portion of the first lumen 160 is closed by a valve 174 having a slit 172.
  • a suction tube 176 communicates with the first lumen 160 and extends sideways. It is connected.
  • a discharge tube 178 extending laterally is connected to the base end portion of the third lumen 164 .
  • These suction tube 176 and discharge tube 178 may be connected to a pump as a circulation device and a filter as a filtration device (not shown) via appropriate connectors outside the water tank 14 . Therefore, the orthopedic technique training device 10 of the present embodiment may be configured including a pump, a filter, and the like (not shown). In this embodiment, the water 18 sucked from the suction port 166 is filtered by the filter, and the filtered water 18 is circulated by the pump and discharged from the discharge port 168 into the water tank 14. It has become.
  • a cable 180 connected to the camera 170 is pulled out of the endoscope 16 through the second lumen 162 and connected to a monitor (not shown) outside the water tank 14 via a connector 182 .
  • the plastic surgery training device 10 of the present embodiment may include a light as an illumination device, and a light (not shown) may be provided on the water tank 14 and/or the endoscope 16 .
  • the dilator 184 and the sheath 186 as piercing members are pierced through the elastic wall member 90 before the endoscope 16 is inserted.
  • the dilator 184 is inserted into the sheath 186, and the dilator 184 and the sheath 186 are integrally pierced through the elastic wall member 90.
  • the sheath 186 is left in the elastic wall member 90 by pulling out the dilator 184 with respect to the sheath 186 .
  • the sheath 186 forms an insertion hole 188 for the endoscope 16 in the elastic wall member 90 , and the endoscope 16 can be inserted through the elastic wall member 90 through the insertion hole 188 . That is, the insertion hole 188 for the endoscope 16 can be formed by puncturing the dilator 184 which is a perforating member.
  • the insertion hole 188 can be closed based on the elasticity of the elastic wall member 90 itself by removing the sheath 186, which is the perforating member, from the elastic wall member 90. Also when the endoscope 16 is inserted through any one of the valve bodies 34 in the upper wall portion 30 , the dilator 184 and the sheath 186 as the piercing member may be inserted prior to the endoscope 16 . Of course, the dilator 184 and the sheath 186 are not essential, and the endoscope 16 may directly pierce each valve element 34 and elastic wall member 90 .
  • the insertion hole 188 for inserting the endoscope 16 into the water tank 14 can be formed in the peripheral wall portion 26 having the elastic wall member 90 and the upper wall portion 30 having the respective valve bodies 34 . Therefore, the insertion hole 188 is provided in the wall portion 46 of the water tank 14 including the peripheral wall portion 26 and the upper wall portion 30 .
  • an orthopedic surgical training device 10 by inserting the distal end portion of the endoscope 16 through either the valve body 34 or the elastic wall member 90, training of surgical procedures in orthopedic surgery can be performed. That is, with the distal end portion of the endoscope 16 approaching the skeleton model 12, an instrument such as a drill or forceps (not shown) is inserted through the valve 174 provided at the proximal end of the first lumen 160. It is made to protrude from the tip of the endoscope 16 . Then, while confirming an image displayed on a monitor (not shown), the instrument is operated to crush or cut a bone (skeletal model 12), extract a hernia (internal material 148), or the like.
  • a drill or forceps not shown
  • FIG. 17(a) By the way, as a surgical method for intervertebral disc herniation, there are generally an interlaminar method shown in FIG. 17(a) and a transforaminal method shown in FIG. 17(b). Interlaminar or transforaminal methods are selected accordingly. That is, in the method shown in FIG. 17(a), the endoscope 16 is inserted vertically from the back side of the patient (from above in FIG. 17(a)), whereas in the method shown in FIG. In the method shown, the endoscope 16 is inserted from the outer side (from a direction inclined upward in FIG. 17(b)).
  • the orthopedic training device 10 of the present embodiment includes an upper wall portion 30 provided with each valve element 34, and an elastic wall member 90 provided outside the upper wall portion 30. Each valve element 34 Since the endoscope 16 can be inserted through both the elastic wall member 90 and the elastic wall member 90, both the interlaminar method and the transforaminal method can be trained.
  • the endoscope 16 inserted through the elastic wall member 90 is pulled out.
  • the endoscope 16 is inserted, if a dilator 184 or a sheath 186 is employed as a perforating member, the insertion area formed on the elastic wall member 90 is removed by withdrawing the sheath 186 after the endoscope 16 is withdrawn.
  • the hole 188 is closed by elastic restoring deformation of the elastic wall member 90 .
  • the water tank 14 is removed from the receiving tank 106 .
  • the water 18 stored in the reservoir 106 is drained from a suitable drain, such as the user's home washroom, for example, through a tube 122 connected to the reservoir port member 120 in the reservoir 106 .
  • a part of the wall portion 46 of the water tank 14 is constituted by the elastic wall member 90.
  • An elastic wall member 90 is employed instead of the right vertical wall portion 28 constituting the . Therefore, the endoscope 16 can be inserted over a wider range than when a through hole for inserting the endoscope is provided in the hard vertical wall, and the endoscope 16 can be used during training. Even when moving 16 to a large extent, interference with the hard vertical wall portion is avoided. Furthermore, when a through-hole for insertion is provided in the hard vertical wall portion, the insertion position of the endoscope is limited. is provided, the flexibility of the insertion position of the endoscope 16 is improved. As a result, it is possible to perform training including selection of the insertion position of the endoscope 16, and training can be performed in a state closer to actual surgery.
  • the insertion hole 188 for the endoscope 16. Since such perforating members (dilators, sheaths, etc.) are generally used in actual surgery, training can be performed in a state that is closer to actual surgery. Since the insertion hole 188 is immediately closed due to the elasticity of the elastic wall member 90 as the endoscope 16 and the perforating member (sheath 186) are removed, the water in the water tank 14 is prevented from flowing through the insertion hole 188. 18 leakage can be prevented.
  • the elastic wall member 90 of this embodiment not only constitutes a part of the peripheral wall portion 26 of the water tank 14 , but also the upper portion of the elastic wall member 90 is formed as a curved wall portion 96 so as to extend upward from the water tank 14 . It partially covers the opening 22 .
  • the endoscope 16 can be passed through the curved wall portion 96 of the elastic wall member 90, for example, and the transforaminal training can be performed as shown in FIG. 17(b).
  • the elastic wall member 90 covers up to the upper opening 22, leakage of the water 18 from the upper opening 22 can be effectively prevented.
  • the peripheral wall portion 26 of the water tank 14 has a rectangular cylindrical shape composed of four vertical wall portions 28, and instead of one of the vertical wall portions 28 (right vertical wall portion 28) An elastic wall member 90 is arranged.
  • the elastic wall member 90 can be provided on the side of the skeleton model 12, and training can be performed on the assumption that the patient will be treated while standing on the side.
  • elastic wall members may be provided anteriorly or posteriorly with respect to the skeletal model, depending on the procedure to be trained.
  • the elastic wall member 90 is attached to the water tank 14 in a state of tension in the length direction (vertical direction), and the attachment position of the elastic wall member 90 in the water tank 14 is in edge-like abutment. A portion 52 is provided.
  • the opening 48 in the water tank 14 can be effectively sealed by the elastic wall member 90 to prevent leakage of the water 18 through the opening 48 .
  • the elastic wall member 90 is provided with an upper rod 98 and a lower rod 100 at its upper and lower end portions, respectively. By attaching the elastic wall member 90 to the water tank 14, the elastic wall member 90 can be easily attached.
  • the opening portion 48 is provided over the entire right vertical wall portion 28, and the edge-like abutting portions 52 are formed at the right edge portions of the front and rear vertical wall portions 28a and 28b, respectively. is provided.
  • the edge-like abutting portion 52 can be configured by skillfully utilizing the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b on both the front and rear sides.
  • a pressing mechanism 108 is provided outside the elastic wall member 90 so that the elastic wall member 90 can be brought into contact with each edge-like contact portion. It is pressed against the portion 52 . Thereby, the sealing performance of the opening portion 48 by the elastic wall member 90 can be further improved.
  • a visible position marker indicating the planned insertion position of the endoscope 16 can be displayed.
  • the endoscope 16 can be inserted from an appropriate position, and the effects of the training can be enjoyed more reliably.
  • the upper wall portion 30 and the peripheral wall portion 26 (each vertical wall portion 28) of the wall portion 46 of the water tank 14 are both made of a transparent material, so that the operation of the endoscope 16 can be visually recognized from the outside. .
  • the instructor's operation can be confirmed from the outside, and the own operation can be recorded from the outside, so that the state of the training can be easily confirmed.
  • a specified water level of the water 18 necessary for immersing the skeletal model 12 in the water tank 14 may be set. 18 is accommodated, and it is also possible to set the upper end portion of the water tank 14 to a specified water level.
  • the elastic wall member 90 is provided below the specified water level (in this embodiment, the upper end portion of the water tank 14), and in this embodiment, it protrudes below the bottom wall portion 24 of the water tank 14. .
  • the endoscope 16 can be trained assuming that it will be inserted in a wide area extending laterally and downwardly of the human body. Further, when the endoscope 16 is inserted through the elastic wall member 90, the endoscope 16 can be inserted into the water 18 without passing through an air layer, so that training more suitable for actual surgery can be performed. can be done.
  • a larger receiving tank 106 is provided below the water tank 14 .
  • the receiving tank 106 As a result, for example, even if the water 18 in the water tank 14 leaks by moving the endoscope 16 greatly during training, the leaked water 18 can be received by the receiving tank 106, and the orthopedic training apparatus 10 can be used. Leakage of the water 18 to the outside can be prevented. Therefore, it is possible to improve the flexibility of the installation location of the orthopedic training device 10 .
  • each water tank leg 78 of the water tank 14 is provided with a positioning recess 80
  • the bottom wall 110 of the receiving tank 106 is provided with a positioning protrusion 124 that fits into each of the positioning recesses 80.
  • a positioning mechanism 127 for positioning the water tank 14 and the receiving tank 106 in the horizontal direction is constituted by the positioning concave portions 80 and the positioning convex portions 124 .
  • the elastic wall member 90 and the pressing mechanism 108 are sandwiched between the water tank 14 and the right wall portion of the peripheral wall 112 of the receiving tank 106, and the elastic wall member 90 is pressed by the pressing mechanism 108. Since the water tank 14 cannot be displaced in the horizontal direction, the pressing of the elastic wall member 90 against the water tank 14 and the prevention of leakage of the water 18 from the water tank 14 are achieved more reliably. obtain.
  • the volume of liquid that can be stored in the receiving tank 106 is set to be equal to or greater than the specified amount of water stored in the water tank 14 during training. Even if the water flows out, the entire amount of the water can be received by the receiving tank 106, and the leakage of the water 18 to the outside of the plastic surgery training apparatus 10 can be prevented more reliably.
  • the water tank 14 is provided with an openable and closable water tank drain port 86
  • the receiving tank 106 is provided with an openable and closable water tank drain port 118.
  • the water 18 in the water tank 14 can be discharged into the receiving tank 106 by opening the water tank drain port 86 .
  • the receiving tank 106 can receive the water 18 in excess of the prescribed amount in the water tank 14, the water 18 in the water tank 14 can be moved to the receiving tank 106 by one time drainage. Therefore, by allowing the water receiving tank 106 to store more than a specified amount of water, it is possible to improve the drainage efficiency after training.
  • only the receiving tank 106 can be carried by removing the water tank 14, and the water 18 in the receiving tank 106 can be drained more safely without spilling.
  • permanent magnets 82 and 126 may be provided on each of the water tank legs 78 of the water tank 14 and on each of the positioning projections 124 of the receiving tank 106, respectively. Such permanent magnets 82 and 126 hold the water tank 14 and the receiving tank 106 in an attached state, thereby preventing the water tank 14 from wobbling or the like during training. Furthermore, even after training, for example, when the water 18 is drained into the water reservoir 106 , the water tank 14 can be prevented from unintentionally floating up from the water reservoir 106 .
  • FIGS. 18 to 22 show an orthopedic training device 200 as a second embodiment of the present invention.
  • the orthopedic technique training apparatus 200 of this embodiment has a water tank 14 substantially similar to that of the orthopedic technique training apparatus 10 of the first embodiment.
  • the structure of the model supporting portion that positions and supports the inside of the model and the structure of the pressing mechanism that presses the elastic wall member 90 from the outside are different.
  • members and parts that are substantially the same as those of the above embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as those of the above embodiment, and detailed explanation thereof will be omitted.
  • the plastic surgery training device 200 of this embodiment includes a model position setting mechanism 202 that movably and fixedly sets the skeletal model 12 to a plurality of different positions inside the water tank 14 .
  • a model position setting mechanism 202 that movably and fixedly sets the skeletal model 12 to a plurality of different positions inside the water tank 14 .
  • a base member 204 to which the skeletal model 12 can be attached and detached is provided inside the water tank 14.
  • a guide mechanism 206 guides the base member 204 so as to be movable in the horizontal direction.
  • a model position setting mechanism 202 is configured including a lock mechanism 208 for positioning at a plurality of positions in the direction of movement by 206 .
  • the model support section 210 that positions and supports the skeleton model 12 inside the water tank 14 includes the model position setting mechanism 202 (especially the lock mechanism 208 ) and the base member 204 .
  • the base member 204 is a substantially rectangular plate-shaped member as a whole, and is made of synthetic resin.
  • the base member 204 is arranged with the front-rear direction being the longitudinal direction with respect to the bottom wall portion 24, and a mounting portion 212 to which the bracket 152 of the skeleton model 12 is mounted is provided at the middle portion in the front-rear direction.
  • guide holes 214 penetrating in the left-right direction are provided at both ends in the front-rear direction.
  • the mounting part 212 is a substantially rectangular recess opening upward and has an opening of a predetermined size. That is, the widthwise (lateral) dimension A (see FIG. 23) of the upper opening 216 of the mounting portion 212 is equal to or slightly larger than the widthwise dimension B of the bracket 152 (see FIG. 14). In addition, the lengthwise (forward and backward) dimension C (see FIG. 23) of the upper opening 216 is equal to or slightly larger than the lengthwise dimension D (see FIG. 13) of the upper portion of the bracket 152. At the same time, it is slightly smaller than the maximum length dimension E of the lower portion of the bracket 152 (maximum front-to-rear dimension at the position where each engaging projection 156 is formed, see FIG. 13). As shown in FIGS.
  • fixed grooves 218 into which the front-side engagement protrusions 156 of the bracket 152 are fitted are provided in the lower portions of the wall portions 217a and 217b on both sides in the front-rear direction of the mounting portion 212.
  • a fixing groove 220 is provided in which the engaging protrusion 156 on the rear side is fitted.
  • a plurality of drainage holes 222 are provided in the bottom wall of the mounting section 212, so that the water 18 can be easily drained from the mounting section 212 in the orthopedic training apparatus 200 after use. ing.
  • an opening 223 is provided in the left-right central portion of the wall portion 217b on the rear side of the mounting portion 212.
  • a bracket 152 mounted on the mounting portion 212 is provided through the opening 223.
  • a projecting distal end portion 228 of the spring portion 226 can be elastically contacted from behind.
  • a bracket fixing mechanism 224 for fixing the bracket 152 attached to the mounting portion 212 is provided on the base member 204 behind the mounting portion 212 .
  • the bracket fixing mechanism 224 is provided integrally with the base member 204 and has a spring portion 226 that is elastically deformable in the front-rear direction.
  • a protruding tip 228 is provided that can abut against 156 .
  • a substantially hemispherical rear protrusion 230 that protrudes rearward is provided on the protruding distal end 228 .
  • the bracket fixing mechanism 224 has a fixation switching portion 232 which is slidable in the left-right direction and switches between fixation and release of the bracket 152 .
  • the fixed switching portion 232 includes a knob portion 234 that protrudes upward and can be operated by the user by pinching it, and a knob portion 234 that is integrally provided with the knob portion 234 and is attached to a protruding tip portion 228 of the spring portion 226 from behind. and a contact portion 236 that can be brought into contact.
  • the contact portion 236 is slid rightward by pinching the knob portion 234 and displacing the contact portion 236. is brought into contact with the protruding distal end portion 228 of the spring portion 226 from behind, so that the front and rear ends of the engaging protrusions 156 fitted in the fixing grooves 218 and 220 are aligned with the inner surfaces of the front fixing grooves 218.
  • the bracket 152 is fixed to the mounting portion 212 by being clamped in the front-rear direction by the projecting tip portion 228 .
  • the protruding distal end portion 228 is provided with a rear protruding portion 230 that protrudes rearward.
  • a small pressing surface holds the protruding tip 228 in the forward protruding position.
  • the supporting force of the bracket 152 between the front fixing groove 218 and the projecting tip portion 228, in other words, the fixing force of the bracket 152 to the mounting portion 212 is improved.
  • 25 in the initial state the state before the contact portion 236 is slid leftward
  • the contact portion 236 is slid leftward.
  • each guide hole 214 provided at both ends in the front-rear direction of the base member 204 extends in a substantially circular shape over the entire length in the length direction.
  • a substantially plate-like projection (guide-hole-side projection) 238 is provided on the inner peripheral surface of each guide hole 214 and protrudes toward the inner peripheral side (inward in the radial direction).
  • the guide hole-side convex portion 238 extends in the circumferential direction in a substantially crescent-shaped plate shape within the guide hole 214 , and the height of the projection in the radial direction is equal to the outer circumference of a guide rod 240 to be inserted into the guide hole 214 , which will be described later.
  • the plate thickness of the guide hole-side protrusion 238 is such that the tip portion on the tip side in the projection direction (the inner peripheral side of the guide hole 214) is thicker than the base end portion in the projection direction. Smaller is desirable.
  • At least one such guide hole-side protrusion 238 may be formed in the guide hole 214, but preferably a plurality of such guide hole-side protrusions 238 are formed separated from each other in the length direction (horizontal direction) of the guide hole 214 ( 3 to 10, for example).
  • each guide hole-side protrusion 238 is fitted between guide rod-side protrusions 250 formed on the guide rod 240 in the axial direction (recesses 252), as will be described later.
  • the pitch (interval) is set so that they mesh with each other.
  • a plurality (a pair in this embodiment) of guide rods 240, 240 extending parallel to each other are fixedly attached to the bottom wall portion 24 of the water tub 14.
  • Each of these guide rods 240 extends in the left-right direction and faces each other with a predetermined distance therebetween in the front-rear direction.
  • Each guide rod 240 is rotatably supported by fixing members 242 at both ends in the length direction (left and right direction) and fixed in position.
  • the fixing members 242 on both sides in the left-right direction are fixed to the water tank 14 with bolts or the like, so that the guide rods 240 are attached to the water tank 14 via the fixing members 242 .
  • each guide rod 240 penetrates the left fixing member 242 and protrudes leftward.
  • An operable lever portion 244 is integrally provided.
  • the guide rod 240 of this embodiment has a composite structure in which a synthetic resin layer is fixed around a metal core rod 246 extending over the entire length in a covering state. As a result, the rigidity of each guide rod 240 is improved, and the degree of freedom in setting the shape of the outer peripheral surface is improved.
  • Each of these guide rods 240 extends straight with a constant substantially circular cross-sectional shape, and has an outer peripheral surface shape that is one size smaller than the inner peripheral surface of each guide hole 214.
  • a flat surface 248 extending in the chord direction is formed at locations (lower portion in FIG. 24 and upper portion in FIG. 25), and such flat surface 248 spreads over the entire length in the axial direction in a chamfered manner.
  • the outer peripheral surface of the guide rod 240 is provided with a plurality of protrusions (guide rod-side protrusions) 250 that protrude to the outer peripheral side at portions that are circumferentially out of the flat surface 248 .
  • the guide-rod-side projection 250 has a substantially plate-like or flange-like shape and extends in the circumferential direction.
  • the protrusion height of the guide rod side protrusion 250 is set so that the outer diameter dimension at the formation position of the guide rod side protrusion 250 is the same as or slightly smaller than the inner diameter dimension of the guide hole 214 of the base member 204 . Since the guide-rod-side protrusions 250 extend in the circumferential direction over more than half the circumference with a substantially constant protrusion height (outer diameter dimension), the outer peripheral surfaces of the many guide-rod-side protrusions 250 cooperate with each other. In addition, a guide surface is formed that slides on the inner peripheral surface of the guide hole 214 of the base member 204 and guides the base member 204 so as to be movable in the axial direction.
  • the thickness dimension of the guide rod side protrusion 250 is smaller on the protruding distal end side than on the proximal end side, and the thickness dimension is gradually reduced at both ends in the circumferential direction toward the ends in the circumferential direction.
  • a large number of such guide-rod-side protrusions 250 are formed at regular intervals (pitch) in the longitudinal direction of the guide rod 240 .
  • a recess 252 that opens toward the outer peripheral surface and extends in the circumferential direction is formed between the guide rod-side protrusions 250 , 250 that are adjacent in the axial direction of the guide rod 240 .
  • the opening dimension (separation distance between adjacent guide rod side protrusions 250, 250) of each recess 252 is gradually increased toward the outer peripheral side.
  • Each guide rod 240 as described above is inserted through each guide hole 214 in the base member 204 .
  • each guide hole side protrusion 238 relatively moves in the circumferential direction so as to enter the recess 252 of each guide rod 240, and each guide hole side protrusion 238 is moved between the guide rod side protrusions 250, 250 adjacent in the axial direction.
  • the projections 238 are sandwiched from both sides in the axial direction so as to engage with each other. In such an interlocking state, the guide rod-side protrusions 250 and 250 are axially overlapped with the guide hole-side protrusion 238 and fit together. Movement is blocked and a positioning state is established.
  • each lever portion 244 is pinched and each guide rod is released, as indicated by the two-dot chain lines in FIGS. 240 is rotated around the central axis to disengage the guide rod-side projections 250 from the guide hole-side projections 238 in the circumferential direction.
  • the guide hole-side protrusion 238 slips out of the recess 252 of the guide rod 240, and the guide hole-side protrusion 238 and the guide rod-side protrusion 250 are axially positioned by meshing in an overlapping state.
  • each guide hole 214 (base member 204) is released, allowing each guide hole 214 (base member 204) to move in the longitudinal direction with respect to each guide rod 240.
  • the flat surface 248 of the guide rod 240 is radially spaced apart from the guide hole-side projection 238 of the guide hole 214 and faces the guide rod of the guide hole-side projection 238 .
  • the guide mechanism 206 for movably guiding the base member 204 in the horizontal direction includes each guide rod 240 and each guide rod.
  • Each guide hole 214 through which 240 is inserted is included.
  • Each guide rod 240 and each guide hole 214 are fixed by rotating each guide rod 240 around the central axis and engaging the outer peripheral surface of each guide rod 240 with the inner peripheral surface of each guide hole 214 .
  • the locking mechanism 208 that prevents the movement of the base member 204 along each guide rod 240 and makes it possible to fix the base member 204 is constituted by such a meshing action.
  • each guide hole-side protrusion 238 is provided on the inner peripheral surface of each guide hole 214, and each guide rod-side protrusion 250 (each recess 252) is provided on the outer peripheral surface of each guide rod 240.
  • Each guide hole-side projection 238 enters each recess 252 and meshes with the outer peripheral surface of each guide rod 240, thereby exhibiting the meshing action.
  • the lock mechanism 208 that positions the base member 204 in the movement direction (horizontal direction) of the guide mechanism 206 can also be configured by the fitting action of the guide hole side protrusions 238 and the recesses 252 .
  • the pressing mechanism 254 that presses the elastic wall member 90 from the outside in a state of being pressed against the edge-like contact portion 52 includes the elastic wall member 90 and the peripheral wall of the reservoir 106. 112.
  • the pressing mechanism 254 of this embodiment includes a block-shaped pressing member 256 .
  • the pressing member 256 is preferably made of an elastic member, and is made of high-density polyethylene or foamed polyethylene in this embodiment.
  • the pressing member 256 preferably has deformation rigidity greater than that of the elastic wall member 90 .
  • the pressing member 256 has a substantially rectangular or substantially trapezoidal cross section, and has a certain amount of lateral dimension and longitudinal dimension when placed on the water tub 14 .
  • the front-rear dimension of the pressing member 256 is substantially equal to the front-rear dimension of the elastic wall member 90 .
  • the lateral dimension of the pressing member 256 is approximately equal to or slightly larger than the separation distance between the elastic wall member 90 and the right inner surface of the peripheral wall 112 of the receiving tank 106 .
  • the pressing member 256 is inserted between the elastic wall member 90 and the right portion of the peripheral wall 112 in a state where the water tank 14 is placed on the receiving tank 106 .
  • the pressing member 256 is positioned between the elastic wall member 90 and the right portion of the peripheral wall 112 .
  • the elastic wall member 90 and/or the pressing member 256 are compressed in the left-right direction, and the right portion (the right flat portion 92) of the elastic wall member 90 moves between the elastic wall member 90 and the water tank. 14.
  • the pressing member 256 is provided to press the elastic wall member 90 from the outside.
  • FIG. 26(a) shows a state in which the lock mechanism 208 is released in the model position setting mechanism 202 and the base member 204 can move along each guide rod 240
  • FIG. ) shows a state in which the base member 204 is positioned with respect to each guide rod 240 by the lock mechanism 208
  • 27(a) shows a state in which the bracket fixing mechanism 224 is not operating and the bracket 152 can be removed from the mounting portion 212 of the base member 204
  • FIG. the state in which the bracket 152 is fixed to the mounting portion 212 of the base member 204 by the bracket fixing mechanism 224 is shown.
  • each guide hole-side convex portion 238 and the flat surface 248 face each other in the front-rear direction. This allows the base member 204 to move in the length direction (horizontal direction) of each guide rod 240 .
  • the bracket 152 is mounted on the mounting portion 212 of the base member 204 as shown in FIG. 27(a). .
  • the front-rear dimension C of the upper opening 216 of the mounting portion 212 is set smaller than the maximum front-rear dimension E of the bracket 152.
  • the abutment portion 236 of the fixed switching portion 232 is not positioned behind the protruding tip portion 228 of the spring portion 226, and the protruding tip portion 228 is the spring. It can be displaced in the front-rear direction as the portion 226 is elastically deformed. Therefore, by pushing the bracket 152 rearward with the rear engaging projection 156 fitted in the fixing groove 220, the bracket 152 can be moved rearward by a distance F from the state shown in FIG. Accordingly, the front engaging protrusion 156 can be fitted into the front fixing groove 218 .
  • the knob portion 234 of the fixed switching portion 232 is pinched to displace the contact portion 236 to the right, so that the contact portion 236 is moved to the projecting tip end portion 228 of the spring portion 226.
  • the bracket 152 is pushed forward by the projecting tip portion 228 , and the front engaging protrusion 156 of the bracket 152 hits the front inner surface of the fixing groove 218 .
  • the engaging protrusions 156 on both sides of the bracket 152 are sandwiched between the inner surface of the front fixed groove 218 and the protruding distal end portion 228 in the front-rear direction, thereby preventing the bracket 152 from moving within the mounting portion 212. .
  • the bracket 152 In order to remove the bracket 152 from the mounting portion 212, it is sufficient to carry out the operation opposite to the mounting. By releasing the contact, the spring portion 226 (protruding distal end portion 228) can be elastically deformed in the front-rear direction. As a result, the bracket 152 can be displaced rearward, and the front engaging protrusion 156 can be pulled out of the front fixing groove 218 by moving the bracket 152 rearward. In this state, the bracket 152 can be taken out from the mounting portion 212 by, for example, putting a finger on the front end portion of the upper end portion of the bracket 152 and pulling it up.
  • each guide rod 240 is rotated around the central axis.
  • the guide hole-side protrusions 238 inside the guide holes 214 enter the recesses 252 of the guide rods 240 and mesh with the outer peripheral surface of the guide rods 240 , thereby fixing the base member 204 to the guide rods 240 .
  • the base member 204 (skeletal model 12) can be fixed at a plurality of positions along the length of each guide rod 240.
  • the base member 204 can be fixed at any position within the movable range of the member 204 .
  • each guide hole-side convex portion 238 of each guide hole 214 and each guide rod-side convex portion 238 of each guide rod 240 both protrude toward the distal end side. is tapered so that the 26(a), the lever 244 is oriented straight upward, through a state in which the lever 244 is slanted as shown in FIG.
  • the portion 244 reaches a horizontal state, even if there is a positional deviation between each guide hole side protrusion 238 and each recess 252, the guiding action of the inclined surfaces of both protrusions 238 and 250 allows each guide hole side to move.
  • the projections 238 are gradually inserted into the respective recesses 252, and in the state shown in FIG. As a result, it engages with the outer peripheral surface of each guide rod 240 .
  • the skeleton model 12 is fixed to the bracket 152 . Subsequent operations are the same as in the first embodiment, and the endoscope 16 is moved according to, for example, the interlaminar method shown in FIG. be trained in orthopedic techniques used.
  • the model position setting mechanism 202 can move the skeletal model 12 to a plurality of positions inside the water tank 14 .
  • the distance and direction (angle) of are changeable.
  • the distance from the insertion hole 188 to the skeleton model 12 can be changed according to, for example, the body type of a patient expected to undergo surgery, the length of the endoscope expected to be used, and the like.
  • the skeleton model 12 is separated from the elastic wall member 90 to increase the distance from the insertion hole 188 to the skeleton model 12. Assuming a short endoscope, the skeleton model 12 can be brought closer to the elastic wall member 90 to reduce the distance from the insertion hole 188 to the skeleton model 12 . As a result, more practical training can be performed according to the body type of each patient and the length of the endoscope to be used.
  • the model position setting mechanism 202 includes a guide mechanism 206 that guides the base member 204 so as to be movable in the horizontal direction (particularly in the lateral direction), and a lock that positions the base member 204 at a plurality of positions in the horizontal direction (particularly in the lateral direction).
  • a model position setting mechanism 202 is configured including a mechanism 208 .
  • the guide mechanism 206 includes a pair of guide rods 240, 240 and guide holes 214, 214 through which the guide rods 240 are inserted.
  • the locking mechanism 208 is configured by engaging the outer peripheral surface of the guide rod 240 with the inner peripheral surface of each guide hole 214 . That is, by a simple operation of rotating each guide rod 240 around the central axis, locking and unlocking by the lock mechanism 208 can be easily switched.
  • each guide hole 214 (base member 204) is positioned with respect to each guide rod 240 by each guide hole side protrusion 238 entering each recess 252 and biting into the outer peripheral surface of each guide rod 240. It has become so. That is, in addition to the action of engagement between the outer peripheral surface of each guide rod 240 and the inner peripheral surface of each guide hole 214 (each guide hole-side protrusion 238), each guide hole-side protrusion 238 enters each recess 252. Since the positioning of each guide rod 240 and each guide hole 214 (base member 204) is achieved also by the above, each guide rod 240 and base member 204 can be fixed more firmly.
  • FIG. 28 shows an endoscopic orthopedic training device 260 as a third embodiment of the present invention.
  • the base member 204 to which the bracket 152 of the skeletal model 12 is attached is slidable in the lateral direction along each guide rod 240 and can be fixed at an arbitrary position.
  • the model support portions 61 in the first embodiment are provided at two locations separated from each other in the left-right direction, and the brackets 152 are provided at the first position 262 and the second position separated from each other in the left-right direction. 2 positions 264 can be selectively mounted.
  • a model is provided in which the skeleton model 12 including both model support portions 61 is movably and fixedly set to a plurality of different positions (the first position 262 and the second position 264) inside the water tank 14.
  • a position setting mechanism 266 is configured. Since the model supporting portion 61 in this embodiment has the same structure as in the first embodiment, the same reference numerals as those in the first embodiment are given in the figure, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the model position setting mechanism 266 of this embodiment can fix the skeleton model 12 at different positions (the first position 262 and the second position 264) in the left-right direction. Since the distance from the common hole 188 to the skeleton model 12 can be changed, the same effect as the second embodiment can be exhibited.
  • a first position 262 and a second position 264 to which the skeletal model 12 can be fixed are set in advance, and the user can select either the first position 262 or the second position 264. , the distance between the insertion hole 188 (elastic wall member 90) and the skeletal model 12 need not be finely set, and the skeletal model 12 can be more easily fixed to the water tank 14. be able to.
  • the elastic wall member 90 is provided on the right vertical wall portion 28 of the peripheral wall portion 26, but instead of or in addition to the right vertical wall portion, the elastic wall member 90 may A resilient wall member may be provided on the wall.
  • the elastic wall member 90 is provided on the right vertical wall portion 28, which is one of the four vertical wall portions 28.
  • An elastic wall member may be provided across one or more vertical wall portions. That is, for example, the elastic wall member may be provided over the entire opening 50 (the upper opening 22 and the opening 48) of the water tub 14 in the above embodiment.
  • the condition of the blinds in other words, the operation of the endoscope cannot be visually confirmed from above, and the training is conducted only with the images acquired from the endoscope through the monitor.
  • the elastic wall member 90 is composed of one member, but may be composed of a plurality of members. and an endoscope may be inserted through the valve body.
  • the opening 48 is provided over the entire right vertical wall 28, but the opening covered by the elastic wall member is the peripheral wall (each vertical wall) or the upper wall. may be partially provided in That is, the opening may be provided with a size that does not interfere with the operation of the endoscope by the peripheral edge of the opening when the endoscope is moved by a large amount, such as hand-down. Further, in the case where any of the vertical wall portions has a window-like opening, it is preferable that the opening be widened downward from the upper end of the vertical wall portion. In addition, when the opening is partially provided in one wall, it is preferable that an edge-like abutting portion projecting toward the elastic wall member is provided at the peripheral edge of the opening. By providing such an edge-like contact portion, the sealing effect of the elastic wall member can be stably exhibited.
  • the upper rod 98 and the lower rod 100 are inserted through the upper and lower edge portions of the elastic wall member 90, respectively. It may be fixed, or it may be separate from the elastic wall member and fixed to the upper fixing member and the lower fixing member with the upper end side portion and the lower end side portion of the elastic wall member sandwiched. It may be.
  • the pressing mechanism that presses the elastic wall member from the outside is not limited to the modes described in the first embodiment and the second and third embodiments.
  • the pressing mechanism for example, a screw mechanism, a cam mechanism, or the like may be used to continuously exert a pressing force with a simple operation, or a coil spring may be provided between the elastic wall member and the peripheral wall of the receiving tank.
  • the elastic wall member may be pressed against the water tank by an elastic restoring force that accompanies the compressive deformation of the coil spring.
  • the positioning mechanism for positioning the water tank and the receiving tank in the horizontal direction is not limited to the aspect described in the above embodiment.
  • a substantially rectangular frame-shaped protrusion may be provided that protrudes upward from the bottom wall of the receiving tank and covers each water tank leg of the water tank from the outside. may be provided partially in the circumferential direction.
  • connection means for holding the water tank and the receiving tank in an attached state is not limited to those using permanent magnets as described in the above embodiment.
  • unevenness may be provided between the water tank leg and the bottom wall of the receiving tank, and these unevenness may be fitted in a press-fit state, or the claw protruding from the water tank may be the bottom of the receiving tank. It may be adapted to be hooked on a wall or peripheral wall.
  • the elastic wall member 90 extends below the water surface of the specified amount of water 18 in the water tank 14, so that when the endoscope 16 is inserted, the endoscope 16 is exposed to the water without passing through an air layer. 18, but it is not limited to this mode. That is, even if the elastic wall member is provided only above the liquid level of the training liquid (water) in the water tank, for example, after inserting an endoscope (or a perforating member) into the elastic wall member, Depressing the scope (or piercing member) downward may allow the tip portion of the endoscope to be inserted into the training fluid.
  • the skeletal model 12 is fixed to the bracket 152, and the bracket 152 is fixed to the bottom wall portion 24 of the water tank 14 by the model support portions 61 and 210, but it is limited to this aspect. not a thing That is, the bracket is not essential, and the specific structure of the model support is not limited.
  • the skeletal model may be fixed to the bottom wall of the water tank by providing these protrusions and recesses by press-fitting or engaging and fixing them.
  • the model supporting section does not need to be provided on the bottom wall of the water tank, but may be provided on the peripheral wall of the water tank, and the skeletal model may be fixed across both the bottom wall and the peripheral wall. .
  • the model position setting mechanisms 202 and 266 are provided for movably and fixedly setting the skeletal model 12 to a plurality of different positions inside the water tank 14.
  • the method for changing the distance from the insertion hole to the skeleton model is not limited to the above mode. That is, while the position of the skeleton model is fixed, the wall of the water tank in which the endoscope insertion hole is provided may be moved to change the distance from the insertion hole to the skeleton model. In particular, by making it possible to change the position of the insertion hole in combination with the change of the position of the skeleton model, it is possible to adjust the distance from the insertion hole to the skeleton model over a larger distance.
  • the base member 204 is movable in one direction (horizontal direction), but it may be movable in multiple directions.
  • a base plate to which the pair of guide rods 240, 240 in the second embodiment are fixed may be provided, and the base plate may be movably supported with respect to the bottom wall of the water tank by another pair of guide rods or the like.
  • the base member 204 can be moved in different directions together with the pair of guide rods 240, 240, thereby making it possible to move the base member 204, for example, in horizontal orthogonal two-axis directions (for example, left-right direction and front-back direction). may be
  • the outer peripheral portion of the guide rod 240 (the guide rod-side convex portion 250) and the inner peripheral portion of the guide hole 214 (the guide hole-side convex portion 238) mesh so as to overlap in the axial direction.
  • the lock mechanism 208 is configured by the interlocking action, the specific structure of the lock mechanism is not limited.
  • the inner and outer peripheral surfaces may be pressed against each other in the radial direction so that the guide rods are engaged with each other, and a lock mechanism that prevents the movement of the base member by frictional force or the like is constructed.
  • the guide rod 240 is rotatable around the central axis.
  • a non-rotatable guide rod may be employed, which also makes it possible to switch between fixing and moving the base member by relative rotation between the guide hole and the guide rod.
  • the skeletal model 12 can be fixed at two positions, the first position 262 and the second position 264, which are separated from each other in the left-right direction.
  • the skeletal model may be fixed at three or more positions separated from each other in the lateral direction and/or the longitudinal direction in the water tank.
  • the orthopedic training apparatus is applicable to training for diseases related to bones in various parts of the human body or animals.
  • a model can be adopted as appropriate.
  • the skeleton model may be fixedly supported while being rotated in an arbitrary direction, in addition to being reversed front to back as in the above embodiment. In particular, by making it possible to rotate around the vertical line, it becomes easy to change the horizontal direction of the skeletal model while aligning the vertical direction of the bones in the actual procedure with the vertical direction of the skeletal model. more suitable.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Educational Administration (AREA)
  • Educational Technology (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Algebra (AREA)
  • Computational Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mathematical Analysis (AREA)
  • Mathematical Optimization (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Pure & Applied Mathematics (AREA)
  • Instructional Devices (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is an orthopedic procedure training device with a new, more practical structure that improves or solves at least one of the practical problems in the conventional training device. An orthopedic procedure training device 10 includes a water tank 14 that contains a training liquid 18, a model supporting part 61 that positions and supports a training framework model 12 inside the water tank 14, an elastic wall member 90 that forms at least a portion of a wall 46 of the water tank 14 and is formed from an elastic material through which an endoscope 16 can be inserted.

Description

整形手技トレーニング装置Orthopedic training device
 本発明は、例えば腰椎や関節等の骨に関する疾患に対して内視鏡下で行う整形外科手術の手技をトレーニングするためのトレーニング装置に関するものである。 The present invention relates to a training device for training orthopedic surgical procedures performed under an endoscope for diseases related to bones such as lumbar vertebrae and joints.
 従来から、椎間板ヘルニアや脊柱管狭窄症等の腰椎の疾患に対して、内視鏡を用いた低侵襲的な手術が行われている。このような内視鏡を用いた手術は、特別な技術が必要となることから、習熟に時間が必要であり、術者の技術的な習熟度を向上させることを目的としたトレーニング装置が求められていた。 Conventionally, minimally invasive surgery using an endoscope has been performed for diseases of the lumbar spine such as intervertebral disc herniation and spinal canal stenosis. Surgery using such an endoscope requires special techniques, and it takes time to master. had been
 そこで、本出願人は、国際公開第2019/107441号(特許文献1)において、腰椎疾患の内視鏡手術を対象とした手術練習用模型を提案している。この手術練習用模型では、腰椎疾患を発症した腰椎を模擬した腰椎模擬部の周囲が、エラストマー又はゲル状樹脂からなる筋組織模擬部で覆われている。 Therefore, in International Publication No. 2019/107441 (Patent Document 1), the applicant has proposed a surgical practice model for endoscopic surgery for lumbar spine disease. In this surgical practice model, a lumbar vertebrae simulating portion that simulates a lumbar vertebrae with lumbar vertebrae disease is covered with a muscle tissue simulating portion made of elastomer or gel-like resin.
国際公開第2019/107441号WO2019/107441
 ところが、上記特許文献1に記載の手術練習用模型を用いてトレーニングを行う場合には、未だ実際の施術状態を充分に再現することが難しい場合があり、効率的なトレーニングを行うことが難しい場合があった。特に、人の体内は液体で満たされており、その状態を再現するために、トレーニング装置の水槽にトレーニング用の液体を収容することが望ましい。しかしながら、水槽にトレーニング用の液体を収容した状態で内視鏡を差し入れてトレーニング行う場合については、未だ充分に検討されておらず、改善すべき問題点があった。例えば、内視鏡を差し入れる位置の選択自由度の確保や、内視鏡を差し入れたままの状態で上下等に動かした場合の追従性の実現などについて、人体に近い状況の実現が難しい場合があった。また、差し入れた内視鏡を動かした際などにおいて、内視鏡の差し入れ箇所から水槽内におけるトレーニング用の液体が外部へ漏れ出るおそれもあった。 However, when training is performed using the surgical practice model described in Patent Document 1, it may still be difficult to sufficiently reproduce the actual surgical condition, and it may be difficult to perform efficient training. was there. In particular, the human body is filled with liquid, and in order to reproduce that state, it is desirable to store liquid for training in the water tank of the training apparatus. However, the case of inserting an endoscope into a water tank containing a training liquid for training has not been sufficiently studied, and there is a problem to be solved. For example, when it is difficult to achieve a situation similar to the human body, such as ensuring flexibility in selecting the position to insert the endoscope or realizing followability when moving the endoscope up and down while it is inserted. was there. Further, when the inserted endoscope is moved, there is a possibility that the training liquid in the water tank may leak out from the insertion point of the endoscope.
 本発明の解決課題は、従来のトレーニング装置における実用上の問題点の少なくとも一つを改善乃至は解決して、より実用性の高い新規な構造の整形手技トレーニング装置を提供することにある。 The problem to be solved by the present invention is to improve or solve at least one of the practical problems of conventional training devices, and to provide an orthopedic training device with a novel structure that is more practical.
 例えば、内視鏡の差し入れ部分の特性をより人体に近づけることが可能とされることで、実際の施術状態により近い環境で内視鏡下の整形外科手術における手技をトレーニングすることができるようにしたり、実際の施術状況に近い内視鏡の操作に際しても水槽外への液体漏れが防止されることにより実際の施術状態に近い手技が許容されるようにしたりすることで、より実用性乃至はトレーニング効果の高い整形手技トレーニング装置を提供することなども、本発明の解決課題に含まれる。 For example, by making the characteristics of the insertion part of the endoscope closer to the human body, it will be possible to train endoscopic orthopedic surgery procedures in an environment that is closer to actual surgical conditions. Also, by preventing liquid leakage to the outside of the water tank during operation of the endoscope, which is close to actual surgical conditions, it is possible to allow procedures close to actual surgical conditions. The problem to be solved by the present invention also includes providing an orthopedic training device with high training effect.
 以下、本発明を把握するための好ましい態様について記載するが、以下に記載の各態様は、例示的に記載したものであって、適宜に互いに組み合わせて採用され得るだけでなく、各態様に記載の複数の構成要素についても、可能な限り独立して認識及び採用することができ、適宜に別の態様に記載の何れかの構成要素と組み合わせて採用することもできる。それによって、本発明では、以下に記載の態様に限定されることなく、種々の別態様が実現され得る。 Hereinafter, preferred embodiments for understanding the present invention will be described. can be recognized and employed as independently as possible, and can also be employed in combination with any of the components described in other aspects as appropriate. Accordingly, the present invention can be implemented in various alternatives without being limited to the embodiments described below.
 第1の態様は、トレーニング用の液体を収容する水槽と、トレーニング用の骨格モデルを該水槽の内部に位置決め支持するモデル支持部と、該水槽の壁部の少なくとも一部を構成して内視鏡が挿通可能とされる弾性材からなる弾性壁部材とを、備える整形手技トレーニング装置である。 A first aspect comprises a water tank containing a training liquid, a model supporting section for positioning and supporting a training skeletal model inside the water tank, and at least a part of a wall of the water tank. and an elastic wall member made of an elastic material through which a mirror can be inserted.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、内視鏡が挿通可能とされる弾性壁部材が水槽の壁部の少なくとも一部を構成していることから、例えば水槽の壁部を構成する硬質の樹脂部材に貫通孔を位置固定に設けて当該貫通孔に内視鏡を挿通する場合に比べて 、内視鏡の挿通位置が弾性壁部材の弾性変形で許容されることにより、挿通位置の変化等も許容されて手技の感覚を実際の人体皮膚に近づけてトレーニングすることが可能となる。例えば、側方から内視鏡を挿通した状態で内視鏡を押し下げるようなハンドダウンと呼ばれる手技のように、皮膚の延びに伴う内視鏡を横方向へ移動させるのに類似した操作も実現可能となる。それ故、実際の施術状態により近い環境で整形外科手術における手技をトレーニングすることができる。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, since the elastic wall member through which the endoscope can be inserted constitutes at least a part of the wall of the aquarium, for example, a rigid wall member constituting the wall of the aquarium is used. Compared to the case where a through-hole is fixed in a resin member and the endoscope is inserted through the through-hole, the insertion position of the endoscope is allowed by the elastic deformation of the elastic wall member, so that the insertion position does not change. etc. are also allowed, and it is possible to train by bringing the feeling of the procedure closer to the actual human skin. For example, an operation similar to moving the endoscope laterally as the skin stretches is realized, such as a procedure called handdown, in which the endoscope is pushed down while it is inserted from the side. It becomes possible. Therefore, it is possible to train procedures in orthopedic surgery in an environment that is closer to actual surgical conditions.
 第2の態様は、前記第1の態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記弾性壁部材において、穿孔部材の穿刺によって前記内視鏡の挿通用孔が形成可能であり、且つ該穿孔部材の抜去により該弾性壁部材自体の弾性に基づいて該挿通用孔が閉鎖されるものである。 A second aspect is the orthopedic technique training device according to the first aspect, wherein in the elastic wall member, a hole for inserting the endoscope can be formed by puncturing a perforating member, and the perforating member is removed. The insertion hole is closed based on the elasticity of the elastic wall member itself.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、例えば内視鏡の挿通位置がトレーニング用の液体の液面より下方に位置する場合でも、弾性壁部材の弾性に基づいて内視鏡の挿通用孔の閉鎖が可能であることから、穿孔部材の抜去と同時に挿通用孔が閉鎖される。それ故、別途のシール部材等を設けることなく、挿通用孔を通じた液体漏れを防止することができて、構造の簡略化が図られる。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, for example, even when the insertion position of the endoscope is located below the liquid level of the training liquid, the elasticity of the elastic wall member allows the insertion hole for the endoscope to be opened. Since it is closable, the insertion hole is closed at the same time as the piercing member is removed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent liquid from leaking through the insertion hole without providing a separate sealing member or the like, thereby simplifying the structure.
 第3の態様は、前記第1又は第2の態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記弾性壁部材が、前記水槽の周壁部の少なくとも一部を構成していると共に、該弾性壁部材の上側部分は該水槽の上方開口を覆うように湾曲して内方に延びる湾曲壁部とされているものである。 A third aspect is the orthopedic surgery training device according to the first or second aspect, wherein the elastic wall member constitutes at least a part of the peripheral wall of the water tank, and the upper side of the elastic wall member A portion is a curved wall portion that curves and extends inwardly to cover the upper opening of the water tank.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、例えば腰椎の疾患に対するトレーニングを行う場合には、弾性壁部材を、横腹から背中にかけての人体において湾曲する部分の皮膚と捉えることができて、上方(背中)において平坦に広がる部分だけでなく、より外側において湾曲する部分からの内視鏡の差し入れをトレーニングすることができる。また、弾性壁部材が、上方開口から周壁部にかけて設けられることから、ハンドダウンのトレーニングのような内視鏡を下方に押し下げるように動かす動作も行うことができる。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, for example, when training for a disease of the lumbar spine, the elastic wall member can be regarded as the skin of the curved part of the human body from the flank to the back, and the upper (back) ), it is possible to train the insertion of the endoscope not only from the portion that spreads flat at the outer side, but also from the portion that curves more outwardly. In addition, since the elastic wall member is provided from the upper opening to the peripheral wall portion, it is possible to move the endoscope downward, such as during hand-down training.
 第4の態様は、前記第3の態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記水槽の前記周壁部が全体として4つの平坦状の竪壁部を有する矩形筒形状であり、少なくとも1つの該竪壁部に設けられた開口部分に前記弾性壁部材が配されているものである。 A fourth aspect is the orthopedic technique training apparatus according to the third aspect, wherein the peripheral wall portion of the water tank has a rectangular cylindrical shape having four flat vertical wall portions as a whole, and at least one vertical wall portion is The elastic wall member is arranged in the opening provided in the part.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、例えば腰椎の疾患に対するトレーニングを行う場合には、矩形筒における左右の2つの竪壁部を人体における左右の横腹と捉えることができて、左右の竪壁部の少なくとも一方に弾性壁部材を設けることにより、上方(背中)からだけでなく、より外側からの内視鏡の差し入れをトレーニングすることができる。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, when training is performed for a disease of the lumbar spine, for example, the two right and left vertical wall portions of the rectangular tube can be regarded as the left and right flanks of the human body. By providing an elastic wall member in at least one of the parts, it is possible to train the insertion of the endoscope not only from above (back) but also from the outside.
 第5の態様は、前記第4の態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記弾性壁部材が矩形のシート状とされて、該弾性壁部材の上端縁部と下端縁部が前記水槽に対して固定的に取り付けられることによって該弾性壁部材が上下方向に引張状態で装着されており、かかる装着状態において該弾性壁部材の幅方向の両側部分が、前記開口部分の幅方向両側において開口側に向かって凸状とされたエッジ状当接部に対して押し付けられてシールされているものである。 A fifth aspect is the orthopedic technique training device according to the fourth aspect, wherein the elastic wall member is in the form of a rectangular sheet, and the upper edge and the lower edge of the elastic wall member extend against the water tank. By being fixedly attached, the elastic wall member is attached in a tensioned state in the vertical direction, and in this attached state, both side portions in the width direction of the elastic wall member are on the opening side on both sides in the width direction of the opening portion. It is sealed by being pressed against an edge-like abutting portion that is convex toward the outside.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、竪壁部に設けられた開口部分を覆うように矩形シート状の弾性壁部材が上下方向で引っ張られた状態で装着されており、かかる弾性壁部材により開口部分がシールされて、開口部分を通じた液体漏れが防止される。特に、開口部分の幅方向両側にはエッジ状当接部が設けられて、弾性壁部材の幅方向両側部分に押し付けられていることから、開口部分の幅方向両側(エッジ状当接部)と弾性壁部材の接触圧が向上されて、弾性壁部材によるシール性が向上され得る。また、弾性壁部材が上下方向で引張応力を有する展張状態で配設されることから、例えばハンドダウンのトレーニング時において内視鏡を下方に動かす際にも、弾性壁部材の過度な変形が抑制されて安定性の向上が図られる。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, the rectangular sheet-like elastic wall member is attached while being pulled in the vertical direction so as to cover the opening provided in the vertical wall. The opening is sealed to prevent liquid leakage through the opening. In particular, edge-like contact portions are provided on both sides in the width direction of the opening portion, and are pressed against both width-direction side portions of the elastic wall member. The contact pressure of the elastic wall member is improved, and the sealing performance of the elastic wall member can be improved. In addition, since the elastic wall member is arranged in a stretched state having a tensile stress in the vertical direction, excessive deformation of the elastic wall member is suppressed even when the endoscope is moved downward during handdown training, for example. and improved stability.
 第6の態様は、前記第5の態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記弾性壁部材の上端辺部に上側ロッドが取り付けられていると共に下端辺部に下側ロッドが取り付けられており、該上側ロッドと該下側ロッドが前記水槽に対して着脱可能に固定されることによって該弾性壁部材が上下方向に引張状態で装着されているものである。 A sixth aspect is the orthopedic technique training device according to the fifth aspect, wherein an upper rod is attached to the upper edge of the elastic wall member and a lower rod is attached to the lower edge of the elastic wall member, The upper rod and the lower rod are detachably fixed to the water tank so that the elastic wall member is mounted in a tensioned state in the vertical direction.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、上側ロッドと下側ロッドを弾性壁部材の自然長より離隔させた状態で水槽に対して固定することにより、弾性壁部材を、上下方向で引っ張られた状態で水槽に対して容易に装着することができる。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, the upper rod and the lower rod are fixed to the water tank in a state separated from the natural length of the elastic wall member, so that the elastic wall member is pulled in the vertical direction. It can be easily attached to the water tank in the state.
 第7の態様は、前記第5又は第6の態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記開口部分が、1つの前記竪壁部において幅方向の全体に亘って形成されており、該1つの竪壁部に対して周方向の両隣に位置する両側の前記竪壁部の端縁部によって、前記弾性壁部材の幅方向の両側部分が押し付けられる前記エッジ状当接部が構成されているものである。 A seventh aspect is the orthopedic surgery training device according to the fifth or sixth aspect, wherein the opening portion is formed over the entire width direction of one vertical wall portion, and The edge-like abutting portions against which the widthwise side portions of the elastic wall member are pressed are formed by the edge portions of the vertical wall portions located on both sides of the wall portion in the circumferential direction. be.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、開口部分の幅方向寸法を十分に大きく確保できると共に、両側の竪壁部の端縁部を巧く利用してエッジ状当接部を構成することができて、特別なエッジ状当接部を設けることなく、弾性壁部材による開口部分のシールを実現することができる。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, it is possible to ensure a sufficiently large width dimension of the opening portion, and to construct the edge-shaped abutment portion by skillfully utilizing the edge portions of the vertical wall portions on both sides. Therefore, it is possible to seal the opening by means of the elastic wall member without providing a special edge-like abutting portion.
 第8の態様は、前記第4~第7の何れかの態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記弾性壁部材の外周部分を、前記竪壁部に対して重ね合わされて当接状態でシールされる部分の少なくとも一部において外方から押圧する押圧機構が設けられているものである。 An eighth aspect is the orthopedic technique training device according to any one of the fourth to seventh aspects, wherein the outer peripheral portion of the elastic wall member is superimposed on the vertical wall portion and sealed in a contact state. A pressing mechanism that presses from the outside is provided in at least a part of the portion that
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、弾性壁部材の外周部分を竪壁部に重ね合わせた当接状態で外方から押圧する押圧機構が設けられていることから、当該押圧機構によって、弾性壁部材による開口部分のシール性を更に向上させることができる。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, a pressing mechanism is provided that presses the outer peripheral portion of the elastic wall member from the outside in a contact state in which the outer peripheral portion of the elastic wall member is superimposed on the vertical wall portion. It is possible to further improve the sealing performance of the opening portion by the wall member.
 第9の態様は、前記第8の態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記水槽の下方には上方への開口が該水槽の外周回りより大きくされた別体の受槽が配されており、前記弾性壁部材と該受槽の周壁との間に該弾性壁部材を外方から押圧する前記押圧機構が設けられているものである。 A ninth aspect is the orthopedic training apparatus according to the eighth aspect, wherein a separate receiving tank having an upward opening larger than the circumference of the water tank is disposed below the water tank, and The pressing mechanism for pressing the elastic wall member from the outside is provided between the elastic wall member and the peripheral wall of the receiving tank.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、水槽の下方に更に大きな受槽が設けられていることから、仮に水槽からトレーニング用の液体がこぼれたとしても受槽で受けることができる。そして、かかる受槽を巧く利用して押圧機構を設けることができる。 According to the orthopedic training device of this aspect, since a larger receiving tank is provided below the water tank, even if the liquid for training spills from the water tank, it can be received by the receiving tank. Then, the pressing mechanism can be provided by making good use of such a receiving tank.
 第10の態様は、前記第9の態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記押圧機構が、弾性材からなるブロック状の押圧部材を含んで構成されているものである。 A tenth aspect is the plastic surgery training device according to the ninth aspect, wherein the pressing mechanism includes a block-shaped pressing member made of an elastic material.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、弾性壁部材と受槽の周壁との間にブロック状の押圧部材を差し入れることで、弾性壁部材を外方から押圧する押圧機構が構成され得て、弾性壁部材による開口部分のシールを簡単に実現することができる。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, by inserting a block-shaped pressing member between the elastic wall member and the peripheral wall of the receiving tank, a pressing mechanism that presses the elastic wall member from the outside can be configured, Sealing of the opening portion by the elastic wall member can be easily realized.
 第11の態様は、前記第1~第10の何れかの態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記弾性壁部材において、前記内視鏡の挿通予定位置を示す目視可能な位置マーカーが表示可能とされているものである。 An eleventh aspect is the orthopedic technique training device according to any one of the first to tenth aspects, wherein a visible position marker indicating a planned insertion position of the endoscope can be displayed on the elastic wall member. It is what is done.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、内視鏡の挿通予定位置を目視可能とすることで、トレーニングによる効果をより確実に享受することができる。なお、位置マーカーは、トレーニング装置の使用前に予め弾性壁部材に表示されていてもよく、例えば習熟したい手技に応じて弾性壁部材を交換することで内視鏡の挿通予定位置をその手技ごとに確認できるようになっていてもよいし、内視鏡の挿通位置の選択を含めてトレーニングを行う場合、トレーニング装置の使用時に術者が位置マーカーを書き込めるようになっていてもよい。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, by making the intended insertion position of the endoscope visible, the effects of the training can be more reliably received. The position marker may be displayed on the elastic wall member in advance before use of the training device. Alternatively, when performing training including selection of the insertion position of the endoscope, the operator may be able to write the position marker when using the training device.
 第12の態様は、前記第1~第11の何れかの態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記水槽において前記骨格モデルを水中に浸漬させるのに必要な規定水位が設定されており、該水槽において該規定水位よりも下方にまで至る領域が前記弾性壁部材で構成されているものである。 A twelfth aspect is the orthopedic technique training apparatus according to any one of the first to eleventh aspects, wherein a prescribed water level necessary for immersing the skeletal model in water is set in the water tank, and In the above, a region extending below the specified water level is composed of the elastic wall member.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、水槽における規定水位よりも下方にまで至る領域が弾性壁部材で構成されていることから、弾性壁部材によって提供される内視鏡の差し入れ位置を、想定される人体のより側方乃至は下方にまで広がる領域において選択することが可能になる。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, since the area extending below the specified water level in the water tank is composed of the elastic wall member, the insertion position of the endoscope provided by the elastic wall member can be assumed. It becomes possible to select in areas extending more laterally or downwardly of the human body to be treated.
 第13の態様は、前記第1~第12の何れかの態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記水槽は、周壁部を構成する竪壁部と、上方開口を覆う上壁部とを備えており、該竪壁部と該上壁部が透明とされているものである。 A thirteenth aspect is the orthopedic training apparatus according to any one of the first to twelfth aspects, wherein the water tank includes a vertical wall portion forming a peripheral wall portion and an upper wall portion covering an upper opening. The vertical wall portion and the upper wall portion are transparent.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、トレーニングの様子を外部から視認することができて、トレーニングによる効果を容易に確認等することができる。 According to the plastic surgery training device of this aspect, the state of training can be visually recognized from the outside, and the effects of training can be easily confirmed.
 第14の態様は、前記第1~第13の何れかの態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記水槽の前記壁部には前記内視鏡の挿通用孔が設けられていると共に、該水槽の内部において前記骨格モデルを複数の異なる位置へ移動可能に且つ固定的に設定するモデル位置設定機構を備えており、該骨格モデルの移動によって該挿通用孔から該骨格モデルまでの距離が変更可能とされているものである。 A fourteenth aspect is the orthopedic training apparatus according to any one of the first to thirteenth aspects, wherein the wall of the water tank is provided with an insertion hole for the endoscope, and the water tank a model position setting mechanism for movably and fixedly setting the skeletal model to a plurality of different positions inside the skeletal model, and the distance from the insertion hole to the skeletal model can be changed by moving the skeletal model It is said that
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、モデル位置設定機構により水槽内における複数の異なる位置へ骨格モデルを移動させることができて、挿通用孔から骨格モデルまでの距離を、適宜に調節設定することが可能になる。それ故、例えば皮膚から骨格までの距離が患者の体型などで異なることを想定して、水槽の挿通用孔から骨格モデルまでの距離を適宜設定したり複数種類に異ならせた状態で手技のトレーニングを行うことが可能になる。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, the model position setting mechanism can move the skeletal model to a plurality of different positions in the water tank, and the distance from the insertion hole to the skeletal model can be appropriately adjusted and set. becomes possible. Therefore, for example, assuming that the distance from the skin to the skeleton differs depending on the body type of the patient, the distance from the insertion hole of the water tank to the skeleton model is appropriately set or different in multiple types. It becomes possible to do
 第15の態様は、前記第14の態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記水槽の内部には、前記骨格モデルが着脱可能なベース部材が配されていると共に、該ベース部材を水平方向で移動可能に案内するガイド機構と、該ベース部材を該ガイド機構による移動方向において複数位置で位置決めするロック機構とを含んで、前記モデル位置設定機構が構成されているものである。 A fifteenth aspect is the orthopedic training apparatus according to the fourteenth aspect, wherein a base member to which the skeletal model is attachable and detachable is arranged inside the water tank, and the base member is moved in the horizontal direction. The model position setting mechanism includes a guide mechanism that guides the model, and a lock mechanism that positions the base member at a plurality of positions in the movement direction of the guide mechanism.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、ガイド機構とロック機構によって移動と位置決めが為されるベース部材を採用し、当該ベース部材で骨格モデルを支持させた。これにより、骨格モデルの位置を容易に変更することができると共に、骨格モデルを直接的に把持して移動させる必要もないことから、骨格モデルの破損のおそれも低減され得る。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, a base member that is moved and positioned by a guide mechanism and a lock mechanism is adopted, and the skeleton model is supported by the base member. As a result, the position of the skeletal model can be easily changed, and there is no need to directly grasp and move the skeletal model, so the risk of damage to the skeletal model can be reduced.
 第16の態様は、前記第15の態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記ガイド機構が、ガイドロッドと、前記ベース部材に設けられて該ガイドロッドが挿通されるガイド孔とを含んで構成されており、該ガイドロッドと該ガイド孔との中心軸回りの相対回転に伴って該ガイドロッドの外周部分と該ガイド孔の内周部分とが咬み合うようになっており、該咬み合い作用で該ガイドロッドの軸方向への該ベース部材の移動を阻止して固定可能とすることにより前記ロック機構が構成されているものである。 A sixteenth aspect is the orthopedic training device according to the fifteenth aspect, wherein the guide mechanism includes a guide rod and a guide hole provided in the base member and through which the guide rod is inserted. As the guide rod and the guide hole rotate relative to each other around the central axis, the outer peripheral portion of the guide rod and the inner peripheral portion of the guide hole engage with each other. The lock mechanism is configured by preventing the movement of the base member in the axial direction of the guide rod so that it can be fixed.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、ガイドロッドとガイド孔を中心軸回りで相対回転させるという簡単な操作により、ガイドロッドに対するガイド孔(ベース部材)の固定と固定解除の切換え、即ち水槽内における骨格モデルの位置の固定と可動との切換えを行うことができる。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, by a simple operation of relatively rotating the guide rod and the guide hole around the central axis, the guide hole (base member) can be fixed and released from the guide rod, i.e., in the water tank. , the position of the skeleton model can be switched between fixed and movable.
 第17の態様は、前記第16の態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記ロック機構において、前記ガイドロッドの外周面と前記ガイド孔の内周面とにそれぞれ周方向に延びる凸部が形成されており、該ガイドロッドと該ガイド孔との中心軸回りの相対回転によって該ガイドロッド側の該凸部と該ガイド孔側の該凸部とが軸方向で重なるように咬み合うことによって前記咬み合い作用が発揮されるようになっているものである。 A seventeenth aspect is the orthopedic training device according to the sixteenth aspect, wherein in the locking mechanism, protrusions extending in the circumferential direction are formed on the outer peripheral surface of the guide rod and the inner peripheral surface of the guide hole. By relative rotation of the guide rod and the guide hole about the central axis, the protrusion on the guide rod side and the protrusion on the guide hole side are meshed so as to overlap in the axial direction, thereby causing the biting. It is designed so that a mutual effect can be exhibited.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、ガイドロッド側の凸部とガイド孔側の凸部との軸方向での咬み合い作用でロック機構が実現される。これにより、ベース部材(骨格モデル)の位置決めを、摩擦抵抗だけで実現する場合等に比して強固に行うことが可能になり、例えば骨格モデルに対する鉗子やドリル等の手術用器具の押圧力が大きな場合でも、骨格モデルを安定して位置決め保持することが容易となる。 According to the orthopedic training device of this aspect, the locking mechanism is realized by the engagement action in the axial direction between the convex portion on the guide rod side and the convex portion on the guide hole side. As a result, the positioning of the base member (skeletal model) can be performed more firmly than in the case where only the frictional resistance is used. Even if it is large, it becomes easy to stably position and hold the skeletal model.
 第18の態様は、トレーニング用の液体を収容してトレーニング用の骨格モデルを該液体中に浸漬状態で設置できる水槽を備えており、該水槽の外部から内視鏡を差し入れて該骨格モデルへの施術手技をトレーニングする整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記水槽の下方に別体の受槽が配されており、該受槽における上方への開口が該水槽の外周回りよりも大きくされているものである。 An eighteenth aspect comprises a water tank containing a training liquid and capable of placing a training skeletal model immersed in the liquid, and inserting an endoscope from the outside of the water tank into the skeletal model. In the orthopedic technique training device for training the surgical technique of (1), a separate receiving tank is arranged below the water tank, and an upward opening in the receiving tank is made larger than the circumference of the water tank.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、水槽の下方に更に大きな受槽が設けられていることから、仮に水槽からトレーニング用の液体がこぼれたとしても受槽で受けることができて、トレーニング装置の外部への液体の漏出が防止され得、装置の設置場所の自由度も広がる。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, since a larger receiving tank is provided below the water tank, even if the liquid for training spills from the water tank, it can be received by the receiving tank, and the liquid for training can be received by the receiving tank. Liquid leakage to the device can be prevented, and the flexibility of the installation location of the device is also increased.
 第19の態様は、前記第18の態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記水槽が前記受槽に対して着脱可能とされており、該水槽と該受槽とを水平方向で相対的に位置決めする位置決め機構が設けられているものである。 A nineteenth aspect is the orthopedic training device according to the eighteenth aspect, wherein the water tank is detachable with respect to the receiving tank, and positioning is performed by relatively positioning the water tank and the receiving tank in the horizontal direction. A mechanism is provided.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、水槽と受槽との水平方向における相対変位が防止されることから、例えば水槽と受槽との相対的な移動に起因するトレーニング中の不用意な操作ミス(施術位置のズレ)や水漏れなどが防止されて、トレーニングをより安定乃至は集中して行うことが可能になる。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, relative displacement in the horizontal direction between the water tank and the receiving tank is prevented. (displacement of treatment position), water leakage, etc. are prevented, and training can be performed more stably or intensively.
 第20の態様は、前記第18又は第19の態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記受槽における液体の貯留可能な容積が、前記水槽においてトレーニングに際して貯留される規定の液体容量以上とされているものである。 A twentieth aspect is the orthopedic training apparatus according to the eighteenth or nineteenth aspect, wherein the volume in which the liquid can be stored in the receiving tank is equal to or greater than a specified volume of liquid to be stored in the water tank during training. It is.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、仮に水槽に貯留されるトレーニング用の液体の全量が水槽から漏れたとしても、その全量を受槽で受けることができて、トレーニング装置の外部への液体の漏出をより確実に防止することができる。また、例えばトレーニング後に水槽内の液体の全量を受槽へ移すことで、受槽のみを持って排水処理することも可能になる。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, even if the entire amount of the training liquid stored in the water tank leaks from the water tank, the entire amount of the liquid can be received by the receiving tank, and the liquid cannot flow out of the training apparatus. Leakage can be prevented more reliably. Also, for example, by transferring the entire amount of liquid in the water tank to the receiving tank after training, it is possible to carry out wastewater treatment while holding only the receiving tank.
 第21の態様は、前記第18~第20の何れかの態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記水槽には開閉可能な水槽排水口が設けられて、該水槽排水口が前記受槽内に開口位置されていると共に、該受槽にも開閉可能な受槽排水口が設けられているものである。 A twenty-first aspect is the orthopedic training apparatus according to any one of the eighteenth to twentieth aspects, wherein the water tank is provided with an openable and closable water tank drainage port, and the water tank drainage port is located in the receiving tank. The opening position is provided, and the receiving tank is also provided with an openable and closable receiving tank drainage port.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、例えばトレーニング装置の使用後に水槽排水口を開放することで、水槽内におけるトレーニング用の液体を受槽に排水することができると共に、水槽内におけるトレーニング用の液体を受槽に排水した後に受槽排水口を開放することで、受槽内におけるトレーニング用の液体をトレーニング装置の外部に排水することができる。それ故、水槽や受槽からの排水に際して、水槽や受槽の全体を持ち上げる必要もなくなって操作が容易になる。また、受槽内において水槽の液体を所定量又は全量排水させることで、水槽の持ち運びを容易にすること等も可能になる。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, for example, by opening the water tank drain port after using the training device, the training liquid in the water tank can be drained to the receiving tank, and the training liquid in the water tank can be discharged. is drained into the receiving tank, the training liquid in the receiving tank can be drained to the outside of the training apparatus by opening the receiving tank drain port. Therefore, when draining water from the water tank or the receiving tank, there is no need to lift the whole of the water tank or the receiving tank, thereby facilitating the operation. Further, by draining a predetermined amount or all of the liquid in the water tank in the receiving tank, it becomes possible to facilitate the carrying of the water tank.
 第22の態様は、前記第18~第21の何れかの態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記水槽の周壁部を構成する竪壁部において前記内視鏡を差し入れ可能とされているものである。 A twenty-second aspect is the orthopedic technique training apparatus according to any one of the eighteenth to twenty-first aspects, wherein the endoscope can be inserted into a vertical wall portion forming a peripheral wall portion of the water tank. be.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、水槽の周壁部を構成する竪壁部において内視鏡が差し入れられ、仮にトレーニング中やトレーニング後における内視鏡の抜去に際して水槽から液体が外部へ漏れるリスクがあった場合でも、受槽によって液体の外部への飛び散りや漏れ出しが防止され得る。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, if the endoscope is inserted into the vertical wall portion that constitutes the peripheral wall portion of the water tank, and if the endoscope is removed during or after training, there is a risk that liquid will leak out of the water tank. Even if there is, the receiving tank can prevent the liquid from splashing or leaking to the outside.
 第23の態様は、前記第22の態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記水槽の前記竪壁部における前記内視鏡の差し入れ可能な位置が、トレーニングに際しての規定水位よりも下方に位置して設定されているものである。 A twenty-third aspect is the orthopedic training apparatus according to the twenty-second aspect, wherein a position where the endoscope can be inserted in the vertical wall portion of the water tank is located below a prescribed water level for training. It is set.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、内視鏡の差し入れや抜去の操作に際して、万一水槽から液体が外部へ漏れた場合でも、受槽に収容されてそこから外部へ液体が漏れ広がることが回避される。それ故、受槽を備えることで、内視鏡の差し入れ口を想定される人体の側方や下方に至る広い領域で選択してトレーニングすることが、液体漏れのリスクを考慮することなく容易に実現可能となる。なお、本態様では、好適には、前記第1~第11の何れかの態様に係る弾性壁部材が水槽において採用され得る。これにより、弾性壁部材を貫通して挿通される内視鏡の差し入れ可能な位置を、規定水位よりも下方に設定することが容易となる。なお、かかる態様では、ハンドダウンの操作に伴う弾性壁部材の弾性変形によって、内視鏡の差し入れ位置が規定水位よりも下方に移動して位置する場合も含む。 According to the orthopedic technique training device of this aspect, even if liquid leaks from the water tank to the outside when inserting or removing the endoscope, the liquid is stored in the receiving tank, and the liquid leaks and spreads to the outside from there. Avoided. Therefore, by providing a receiving tank, it is possible to easily select and train in a wide area from the side to the lower side of the human body where the insertion port of the endoscope is assumed, without considering the risk of liquid leakage. It becomes possible. In this aspect, preferably, the elastic wall member according to any one of the first to eleventh aspects can be employed in the water tank. This makes it easy to set the position where the endoscope inserted through the elastic wall member can be inserted below the specified water level. It should be noted that this aspect includes the case where the insertion position of the endoscope is moved below the specified water level due to the elastic deformation of the elastic wall member accompanying the hand-down operation.
 第24の態様は、前記第18~第23の何れかの態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記水槽と前記受槽との離脱を制限して、該水槽に対して該受槽を装着状態に保持する連結手段が設けられているものである。 A twenty-fourth aspect is the orthopedic training device according to any one of the eighteenth to twenty-third aspects, wherein the separation of the water tank and the receiving tank is restricted, and the receiving tank is held attached to the water tank. A connecting means is provided for
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、トレーニング中に内視鏡を通じて及ぼされる外力などに起因して水槽に力が及ぼされた場合でも、水槽のガタツキが効果的に防止され得る。 According to the orthopedic training device of this aspect, even if force is exerted on the water tank due to an external force exerted through the endoscope during training, rattling of the water tank can be effectively prevented.
 第25の態様は、前記第24の態様に係る整形手技トレーニング装置において、前記連結手段が永久磁石を用いて構成されているものである。 A twenty-fifth aspect is the orthopedic training device according to the twenty-fourth aspect, wherein the connecting means is configured using a permanent magnet.
 本態様の整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、連結手段を、簡単な構造で構成することができる。例えば、鉛直上下方向で吸引力が発揮される永久磁石の配置態様とすれば、トレーニング中に及ぼされる外力によって水槽に鉛直上向きの力が及ぼされた場合でも、水槽のガタツキを効果的に抑えることが可能になる。 According to the plastic surgery training device of this aspect, the connecting means can be configured with a simple structure. For example, by arranging the permanent magnets so as to exhibit attractive force in the vertical direction, even if an external force exerted during training exerts a vertically upward force on the water tank, the rattling of the water tank can be effectively suppressed. becomes possible.
 本発明に係る整形手技トレーニング装置の一態様によれば、より実際の施術状態に近い環境で内視鏡下の整形外科手術における手技をトレーニングすることが可能になる。 According to one aspect of the orthopedic technique training device according to the present invention, it is possible to train the technique in endoscopic orthopedic surgery in an environment that is closer to actual surgical conditions.
 例えば、本発明に係る整形手技トレーニング装置によれば、内視鏡のハンドダウンなどのトレーニング操作が許容される環境を実現することも容易となる。 For example, according to the orthopedic technique training device according to the present invention, it is easy to realize an environment in which training operations such as hand-down of an endoscope are permitted.
本発明の第1の実施形態としての整形手技トレーニング装置を使用状態で示す斜視図1 is a perspective view showing the orthopedic training device as a first embodiment of the present invention in use; FIG. 図1に示された整形手技トレーニング装置を非使用状態で示す斜視図FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing the orthopedic training device shown in FIG. 1 in an unused state; 図2に示された整形手技トレーニング装置における平面図A plan view of the orthopedic training device shown in FIG. 図2に示された整形手技トレーニング装置における正面図Front view of the orthopedic training device shown in FIG. 図2に示された整形手技とレーニング装置における左側面図Left side view of the orthopedic procedure and training device shown in FIG. 図4におけるVI-VI断面図VI-VI sectional view in FIG. 図4におけるVII-VII断面図VII-VII cross-sectional view in FIG. 図3のVIII-VIII断面における要部を示す縦断面図Longitudinal cross-sectional view showing the main part in the VIII-VIII cross section of FIG. 図1に示された整形手技トレーニング装置を構成する水槽を単品状態で示す斜視図FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a single water tank constituting the orthopedic training apparatus shown in FIG. 1; 図1に示された整形手技トレーニング装置を構成する水槽を底面側から示す斜視図FIG. 2 is a perspective view from the bottom side of a water tank that constitutes the orthopedic training apparatus shown in FIG. 1; 図1に示された整形手技トレーニング装置を構成する受槽を示す斜視図FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a receiving tank that constitutes the orthopedic training apparatus shown in FIG. 1; 図1に示された整形手技トレーニング装置を構成する押圧機構を示す斜視図FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a pressing mechanism that constitutes the orthopedic training device shown in FIG. 1; 図1に示された整形手技トレーニング装置に用いられる骨格モデルの具体的な一例をブラケットへの固定状態で示す正面図FIG. 2 is a front view showing a specific example of a skeletal model used in the orthopedic training device shown in FIG. 1 in a state of being fixed to a bracket; 図13におけるXIV-XIV断面図XIV-XIV sectional view in FIG. 図1に示された整形手技トレーニング装置に用いられる内視鏡の具体的な一例を概略的に示す右側面図FIG. 2 is a right side view schematically showing a specific example of an endoscope used in the orthopedic training device shown in FIG. 1; 図15に示された内視鏡における正面図Front view of the endoscope shown in FIG. 15 椎間板ヘルニアの手術方法を説明するための説明図であって、(a)はインターラミナル法を説明する図であると共に、(b)はトランスフォラミナル法を説明する図BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG. 1 is an explanatory drawing for explaining a surgical method for intervertebral disc herniation, wherein (a) is a drawing for explaining an interlaminar method and (b) is a drawing for explaining a transforaminal method; 本発明の第2の実施形態としての整形手技トレーニング装置を示す斜視図A perspective view showing an orthopedic training device as a second embodiment of the present invention. 図18に示された整形手技トレーニング装置を内部透過状態で示す斜視図FIG. 19 is a perspective view showing the orthopedic training device shown in FIG. 18 in a see-through state; 図18に示された整形手技トレーニング装置を背面側から内部透過状態で示す斜視図18 is a perspective view showing the orthopedic training device shown in FIG. 図18に示された整形手技トレーニング装置を底面側から示す斜視図18 is a perspective view showing the orthopedic training device shown in FIG. 18 from the bottom side 図18に示された整形手技トレーニング装置において上壁部を取り外した状態を示す平面図FIG. 19 is a plan view showing a state in which the upper wall portion is removed in the orthopedic training device shown in FIG. 18; 図18に示された整形手技トレーニング装置を構成するモデル位置設定機構を説明するための説明図Explanatory diagram for explaining a model position setting mechanism that constitutes the plastic surgery training device shown in FIG. 図23に示されたモデル位置設定機構の縦断面図であって、モデル位置設定機構を構成するベース部材にブラケットが装着された状態における前端部分の断面図FIG. 24 is a vertical cross-sectional view of the model position setting mechanism shown in FIG. 23, which is a cross-sectional view of the front end portion in a state where a bracket is attached to the base member that constitutes the model position setting mechanism; 図23に示されたモデル位置設定機構の縦断面図であって、モデル位置設定機構を構成するベース部材にブラケットが装着された状態における後端部分の断面図FIG. 24 is a vertical cross-sectional view of the model position setting mechanism shown in FIG. 23, which is a cross-sectional view of the rear end portion in a state where a bracket is attached to the base member that constitutes the model position setting mechanism; ロック機構によるロック解除状態とロック状態を説明するための説明図であって、(a)がロック解除状態、(b)がロック状態を示すFIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an unlocked state and a locked state by a lock mechanism, where (a) shows the unlocked state and (b) shows the locked state; ベース部材に対してブラケットが取外し可能とされる状態とブラケットが固定された状態とを説明するための説明図であって、(a)がブラケットが取外し可能とされる状態、(b)がブラケットが固定された状態を示すFIG. 4 is an explanatory diagram for explaining a state in which the bracket is removable from the base member and a state in which the bracket is fixed, in which (a) is the state in which the bracket is removable, and (b) is the bracket; is fixed 本発明の第3の実施形態としての整形手技トレーニング装置を示す縦断面図であって、図6に対応する図FIG. 7 is a longitudinal sectional view showing an orthopedic training device as a third embodiment of the present invention, corresponding to FIG. 6;
 以下、本発明を更に具体的に明らかにするために、本発明の実施形態について、図面を参照しつつ、詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, in order to clarify the present invention more specifically, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.
 先ず、図1には、本発明の第1の実施形態としての整形手技トレーニング装置10が示されている。この整形手技トレーニング装置10は、内視鏡を用いた整形外科手術における使用者の技術的な習熟度の向上を図るものであり、例えば使用者の自宅等で手技のトレーニングを行えるようにしたものである。 First, FIG. 1 shows an orthopedic training device 10 as a first embodiment of the present invention. This orthopedic technique training device 10 is intended to improve the technical proficiency of the user in orthopedic surgery using an endoscope, and is designed to allow the user to perform surgical technique training at home, for example. is.
 より詳細には、整形手技トレーニング装置10は、病変部位を模したトレーニング用の骨格モデル12と、骨格モデル12が固定及び収容される水槽14とを備えている。水槽14には、外部から内視鏡16の先端部分が差し入れられるようになっており、これにより、骨格モデル12への施術手技をトレーニングすることができる。かかる内視鏡16を含んで、整形手技トレーニング装置10が構成されていてもよい。水槽14には、トレーニング用の液体である水18が収容されている。 More specifically, the orthopedic technique training device 10 includes a training skeletal model 12 imitating a lesion site, and a water tank 14 in which the skeletal model 12 is fixed and accommodated. A distal end portion of an endoscope 16 is inserted into the water tank 14 from the outside, so that a surgical technique for the skeletal model 12 can be trained. The orthopedic training device 10 may be configured including such an endoscope 16 . Water tank 14 contains water 18, which is a liquid for training.
 水槽14において、水18は規定の容量以上貯留されており、具体的には、骨格モデル12の全体が水18により浸漬される程度に貯留される。即ち、水槽14において骨格モデル12を水18に浸漬させるのに必要な規定水位が設定されていてもよく、例えば水槽14に規定水位を示す目印を設けて、水18の水面が当該目印に到達するまで水槽14に水18が注ぎ入れられるようになっていてもよい。本実施形態では、特に規定水位は設定されておらず、単に水槽14の上端部分の付近まで水18が貯留されている。尤も、水槽14の上端部分を規定水位としてもよい。 In the water tank 14, the water 18 is stored at a specified capacity or more, specifically, the water 18 is stored to such an extent that the entire skeletal model 12 is immersed in the water 18. That is, a specified water level required for immersing the skeleton model 12 in the water 18 may be set in the water tank 14. For example, a mark indicating the specified water level is provided in the water tank 14, and the surface of the water 18 reaches the mark. The water 18 may be poured into the water tank 14 until it reaches the end. In this embodiment, no particular water level is set, and the water 18 is simply stored up to the vicinity of the upper end portion of the water tank 14 . Of course, the upper end portion of the water tank 14 may be the specified water level.
 なお、トレーニング用の液体は水18に限定されるものではなく、例えば有色の液体であってもよいが、トレーニングの状態がわかるように透明であることが好ましい。トレーニング用の液体が透明である場合、内視鏡16の映像が、内視鏡16に接続される図示しないモニタで確認できるように、例えば可視光線透過率が80%以上とされる。 The liquid for training is not limited to the water 18, and may be, for example, a colored liquid, but is preferably transparent so that the state of training can be seen. When the training liquid is transparent, the visible light transmittance is, for example, 80% or more so that the image of the endoscope 16 can be checked on a monitor (not shown) connected to the endoscope 16 .
 図2~8には、整形手技トレーニング装置10の装置本体20が示されている。装置本体20は、上記水槽14を含んでいる。水槽14は、全体として上方に開口する略箱状であり、上方開口部22を有している。即ち、水槽14は、矩形平板状の底壁部24と、底壁部24の四方の外周縁部から上方に突出する周壁部26とを備えている。周壁部26は全体として矩形筒形状であり、4つの平坦状の竪壁部28を有している。 2 to 8 show the device body 20 of the orthopedic training device 10. FIG. The device body 20 includes the water tank 14 described above. The water tank 14 as a whole has a substantially box-like shape that opens upward, and has an upper opening 22 . That is, the water tank 14 includes a rectangular flat bottom wall portion 24 and peripheral wall portions 26 projecting upward from the four outer peripheral edge portions of the bottom wall portion 24 . The peripheral wall portion 26 has a rectangular tubular shape as a whole and has four flat vertical wall portions 28 .
 以下の説明において、上下方向とは、鉛直方向であって、図4の上下方向である。また、前後方向とは、水槽14において骨格モデル12の延びる方向である図4中の左右方向をいう。特に、本実施形態では、骨格モデル12として腰椎の骨格モデルが採用されており、前方とは、水槽14に対して図1中のように骨格モデル12が配置された状態において骨格モデル12の首側となる図4中の左方をいい、後方とは骨格モデル12の脚側となる図4中の右方をいう。更に、左右方向とは、図5中の左右方向をいう。なお、図中においていくつかの部品はボルト又はねじにより固定されているが、見易さのため、ボルト又はねじの図示は省略する場合がある。また、見易さのため、いくつかの部材は、内部を透過して示している。 In the following description, the vertical direction is the vertical direction, which is the vertical direction in FIG. Further, the front-rear direction refers to the left-right direction in FIG. In particular, in this embodiment, a skeleton model of the lumbar spine is used as the skeleton model 12, and the front refers to the neck of the skeleton model 12 when the skeleton model 12 is placed in the water tank 14 as shown in FIG. The left side in FIG. 4 is the side, and the rear side is the leg side of the skeleton model 12 in FIG. Furthermore, the left-right direction means the left-right direction in FIG. Although some parts are fixed by bolts or screws in the drawings, the bolts or screws may be omitted for clarity. Also, for ease of viewing, the insides of some members are shown transparently.
 水槽14における上方開口部22は、部分的に上壁部30により覆蓋されている。上壁部30は、略矩形板形状であり、板厚方向(上下方向)で貫通する貫通孔32が形成されている。本実施形態では、6つの貫通孔32が形成されており、前後及び左右方向で整列して配置されている。そして、これらの各貫通孔32には、ゴムや発泡ウレタン等の弾性材からなる弁体34が装着されている。各弁体34は、それぞれ外径寸法が各貫通孔32の径寸法より大きくされた略円柱形状であり、厚さ方向(上下方向)の中間部分の外径寸法が小さくされている。そして、各貫通孔32の内周縁部が、各弁体34の厚さ方向中間部分において小径とされた部分に嵌め入れられることで、各貫通孔32に対して各弁体34が装着されている。なお、各弁体34の中央部分には、他の部分より薄肉とされて内視鏡16を穿刺及び挿通可能な薄肉部36が設けられている。 The upper opening 22 of the water tank 14 is partially covered by the upper wall portion 30 . The upper wall portion 30 has a substantially rectangular plate shape, and is formed with a through hole 32 passing therethrough in the plate thickness direction (vertical direction). In this embodiment, six through-holes 32 are formed and arranged in line in the front-rear and left-right directions. A valve body 34 made of an elastic material such as rubber or urethane foam is attached to each through hole 32 . Each valve body 34 has a substantially cylindrical shape with an outer diameter larger than the diameter of each through hole 32, and the outer diameter of the intermediate portion in the thickness direction (vertical direction) is reduced. Each valve body 34 is attached to each through hole 32 by fitting the inner peripheral edge portion of each through hole 32 into a portion having a small diameter in the middle portion in the thickness direction of each valve body 34 . there is A central portion of each valve body 34 is provided with a thin portion 36 that is thinner than other portions and into which the endoscope 16 can be punctured and inserted.
 図1や図3等にも示されるように、水槽14における竪壁部28のうち前後方向両側の竪壁部28a,28bにおける上端部には、上壁保持部40がボルト又はねじにより固定されている。各上壁保持部40には、対向方向(前後方向)内方に突出する載置部42が設けられており、各載置部42上に上壁部30の前後方向両端が載置されている。そして、上壁部30の前後方向両端が各上壁保持部40における載置部42に載置されて、上壁部30の前後方向両端と各載置部42とが回転式の操作ノブによるロック機構等の公知の固定手段で固定されることにより、水槽14における上方開口部22に上壁部30が解除可能に固定されて、着脱可能に装着されている。かかる上壁部30と周壁部26を含んで、水槽14における壁部46が構成されている。 As shown in FIGS. 1 and 3, upper wall holders 40 are fixed by bolts or screws to the upper end portions of the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b on both sides in the front-rear direction of the vertical wall portion 28 of the water tank 14. ing. Each upper wall holding portion 40 is provided with a mounting portion 42 protruding inward in the facing direction (front-rear direction), and both front-rear direction ends of the upper wall portion 30 are mounted on each mounting portion 42 . there is Both front and rear ends of the upper wall portion 30 are mounted on the mounting portions 42 of the respective upper wall holding portions 40, and the front and rear ends of the upper wall portion 30 and the mounting portions 42 are connected by a rotary operation knob. The upper wall portion 30 is releasably fixed to the upper opening portion 22 of the water tank 14 by being fixed by a known fixing means such as a locking mechanism, and is detachably attached. A wall portion 46 of the water tank 14 is configured including the upper wall portion 30 and the peripheral wall portion 26 .
 なお、これら周壁部26(各竪壁部28)及び上壁部30は、透明の樹脂材料により形成されることが好ましく、例えば可視光線透過率が80%以上とされることが望ましい。尤も、周壁部26(各竪壁部28)及び上壁部30が透明とされる場合であっても、全体が透明とされる態様に限定されるものではなく、部分的に透明とされてもよい。また、底壁部24は、後述する骨格モデル12におけるブラケット152の取り付け易さ等を考慮して、可視光線の透過率が低く設定されることが好ましい。 The peripheral wall portion 26 (each vertical wall portion 28) and the upper wall portion 30 are preferably made of a transparent resin material, and preferably have a visible light transmittance of 80% or higher. Of course, even if the peripheral wall portion 26 (each of the vertical wall portions 28) and the upper wall portion 30 are transparent, they are not limited to being entirely transparent, and may be partially transparent. good too. In addition, it is preferable that the bottom wall portion 24 is set to have a low visible light transmittance in consideration of ease of attachment of the bracket 152 to the skeletal model 12, which will be described later.
 本実施形態では、図9にも示されるように、4つの竪壁部28のうちの1つである右側の竪壁部28に開口部分48が設けられており、特に本実施形態では、開口部分48が、右側の竪壁部28における幅方向(前後方向)の全体に亘っていると共に、上下方向の全体にも亘っている。要するに、右側の竪壁部28に設けられた開口部分48は、上方開口部22と連続しており、右方及び上方に開口する1つの大きな開口部50を構成している。なお、前後両側の竪壁部28a,28bにおいて右方から上方にかけての部分は、滑らかに湾曲して連続しており、屈曲点(折れ点)がないように形成されている。 In this embodiment, as also shown in FIG. 9, the right vertical wall portion 28, which is one of the four vertical wall portions 28, is provided with an opening portion 48. The portion 48 extends over the entire width direction (front-rear direction) of the right vertical wall portion 28 and also extends over the entire vertical direction. In short, the opening portion 48 provided in the right vertical wall portion 28 is continuous with the upper opening portion 22 and constitutes one large opening portion 50 that opens rightward and upward. The vertical wall portions 28a and 28b on both the front and rear sides are smoothly curved and continuous from the right side to the upper side, and are formed so as to have no bending points (bending points).
 また、本実施形態では、開口部分48を構成する前後両側の竪壁部28a,28b及び底壁部24のそれぞれの端縁部には、開口側に向かって凸状とされたエッジ状当接部52が設けられている。具体的には、右側の竪壁部28の周方向の両隣に位置する前後両側の竪壁部28a,28b及び底壁部24の右端部において、開口側に向かって次第に板厚寸法が小さくされることによって、開口部分48の幅方向両側(前後方向両側)及び下側において、それぞれエッジ状当接部52が設けられている。なお、本実施形態において、前後両側の竪壁部28a,28bにおけるエッジ状当接部52は、水槽14における右方だけでなく上方(即ち、上方開口部22の端縁部)にも亘って設けられている。 Further, in the present embodiment, edge-like abutment portions convex toward the opening side are provided on the respective end edges of the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b and the bottom wall portion 24 on both front and rear sides that constitute the opening portion 48. A portion 52 is provided. Specifically, the plate thickness dimension is gradually reduced toward the opening side in the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b on both front and rear sides located on both sides in the circumferential direction of the right vertical wall portion 28 and the right end portion of the bottom wall portion 24. As a result, edge-like contact portions 52 are provided on both sides in the width direction (both sides in the front-rear direction) and on the lower side of the opening portion 48 . In this embodiment, the edge-like contact portions 52 of the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b on both the front and rear sides extend not only to the right side of the water tank 14 but also to the upper side (that is, the edge portion of the upper opening 22). is provided.
 さらに、前後両側の竪壁部28a,28bの内面において、上壁部30の固定部位よりも右方には、後述する弾性壁部材90の上端辺部を固定する上方固定部材54が、ボルト又はねじにより固定されている。上方固定部材54は、全体として上下方向に延びていると共に、上端部において二股に分岐しており、かかる分岐部分において後述する上側ロッド98が引っ掛けられる上方支持凹部56が設けられている。なお、後述する図19~22等にも示されるように、各上方固定部材54には抜止部材57が組み付けられるようになっており、各上方支持凹部56に上側ロッド98が引っ掛けられた状態において、上方支持凹部56の開口を抜止部材57で覆うことで、各上方支持凹部56からの上側ロッド98の抜けが防止されている。また、底壁部24の下面における右端部には、後述する弾性壁部材90の下端辺部を固定する下方固定部材58が、ボルト又はねじにより固定されている。下方固定部材58は、全体として左右方向に延びていると共に、右端部において二股に分岐しており、かかる分岐部分において後述する下側ロッド100が引っ掛けられる下方支持凹部60が設けられている。 Furthermore, on the inner surfaces of the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b on both the front and rear sides, an upper fixing member 54 for fixing the upper end side portion of an elastic wall member 90 described later is provided to the right of the fixing portion of the upper wall portion 30. A bolt or It is fixed with screws. The upper fixing member 54 extends in the vertical direction as a whole, and is bifurcated at its upper end, and an upper support recess 56 is provided at the bifurcated portion for hooking an upper rod 98, which will be described later. 19 to 22, which will be described later, each upper fixing member 54 is assembled with a retaining member 57, and when the upper rod 98 is hooked to each upper support recess 56, By covering the openings of the upper support recesses 56 with the retaining members 57, the upper rods 98 are prevented from slipping out of the respective upper support recesses 56. As shown in FIG. A lower fixing member 58 for fixing a lower end side portion of an elastic wall member 90, which will be described later, is fixed to the right end portion of the lower surface of the bottom wall portion 24 by bolts or screws. The lower fixing member 58 extends in the left-right direction as a whole and is bifurcated at the right end, and the bifurcated portion is provided with a lower support recess 60 to which a lower rod 100 described later is hooked.
 更にまた、水槽14における底壁部24の内面(上面)には、骨格モデル12を水槽14の内部に位置決め支持するモデル支持部61が設けられている。本実施形態のモデル支持部61は、後述する骨格モデル12におけるブラケット152を固定するための第1固定部62及び第2固定部64を含んでおり、第1固定部62及び第2固定部64が、水槽14における底壁部24に対して、ボルト又はねじにより固定されている。図8や図10にも示されるように、第1固定部62と第2固定部64は前後方向で相互に離隔しており、水槽14における前方に第1固定部62が設けられていると共に、後方に第2固定部64が設けられている。第1固定部62は、ある程度の左右方向寸法を有しており、第1固定部62の下部には、後方に開口する第1固定溝66が形成されている。本実施形態では、第1固定溝66が、第1固定部62の前後方向全長に亘って形成されている。 Furthermore, a model supporting portion 61 for positioning and supporting the skeleton model 12 inside the water tank 14 is provided on the inner surface (upper surface) of the bottom wall portion 24 of the water tank 14 . The model support portion 61 of this embodiment includes a first fixing portion 62 and a second fixing portion 64 for fixing a bracket 152 in the skeletal model 12 to be described later. is fixed to the bottom wall portion 24 of the water tank 14 by bolts or screws. As shown in FIGS. 8 and 10, the first fixing portion 62 and the second fixing portion 64 are separated from each other in the front-rear direction, and the first fixing portion 62 is provided in front of the water tank 14. , a second fixing portion 64 is provided at the rear. The first fixing portion 62 has a certain lateral dimension, and a rearwardly opening first fixing groove 66 is formed in the lower portion of the first fixing portion 62 . In this embodiment, the first fixing groove 66 is formed over the entire length of the first fixing portion 62 in the front-rear direction.
 また、第2固定部64の中央部分には、上下方向で貫通する筒状部分が設けられており、第2固定部64には、筒状部分の中心軸回りで回動可能な回動部材68が組み付けられている。回動部材68には、後述するブラケット152における後方の係合突部156を上方から押さえる押さえ部70が設けられている。更に、回動部材68には、上方に突出する摘まみ部72を有するレバー部材74が略同軸的に組み付けられており、回動部材68とレバー部材74とが、第2固定部64に対して一体的に回動するようになっている。なお、これら回動部材68とレバー部材74とは、例えば図示しないボルトやねじ等を締結することにより一体的に固定され得る。そして、第2固定部64の下面には、回動部材68を回動させて押さえ部70による係合突部156の押さえを解除した際に押さえ部70が収容される収容溝76が形成されている。 In addition, a tubular portion penetrating in the vertical direction is provided in the central portion of the second fixing portion 64, and the second fixing portion 64 includes a rotating member capable of rotating around the central axis of the tubular portion. 68 is installed. The rotating member 68 is provided with a pressing portion 70 that presses a rear engaging protrusion 156 of a bracket 152, which will be described later, from above. Further, a lever member 74 having a knob portion 72 protruding upward is assembled substantially coaxially with the rotating member 68 . and rotate integrally. The rotating member 68 and the lever member 74 can be integrally fixed by, for example, fastening bolts or screws (not shown). An accommodation groove 76 is formed in the lower surface of the second fixing portion 64 to accommodate the pressing portion 70 when the rotating member 68 is rotated to release the pressing portion 70 from pressing the engaging projection 156 . ing.
 さらに、水槽14における底壁部24の四隅には、下方に突出する水槽脚部78が設けられている。本実施形態では、各水槽脚部78が、底壁部24に対してボルト又はねじにより固定されている。各水槽脚部78は全体として略円錐台形状であり、それぞれの下面には、下方に開口する位置決め凹部80が形成されている。各水槽脚部78は合成樹脂により形成されてもよいが、例えば全体又は一部が、強磁性や常磁性を有する金属製とされてもよい。各水槽脚部78が合成樹脂により形成される場合、例えば内部に永久磁石82が埋設状態で配置されてもよい。 Furthermore, water tank legs 78 projecting downward are provided at the four corners of the bottom wall part 24 of the water tank 14 . In this embodiment, each water tank leg 78 is fixed to the bottom wall 24 by bolts or screws. Each water tank leg 78 has a substantially truncated cone shape as a whole, and a positioning recess 80 opening downward is formed in the lower surface of each. Each water tank leg 78 may be made of synthetic resin, but may also be made entirely or partially of metal having ferromagnetism or paramagnetism. If each water tank leg 78 is made of synthetic resin, for example, the permanent magnet 82 may be embedded inside.
 更にまた、水槽14における後方の竪壁部28bにおいて、左下には、板厚方向(前後方向)で貫通する貫通孔84が形成されており、当該貫通孔84には、水槽排水口86を有する水槽ポート部材88が組み付けられている。かかる水槽排水口86により、水槽14の内外が相互に連通している。この水槽排水口86は、下方に位置する後述する受槽106に向かって開口しており、例えば水槽ポート部材88にチューブ89(図1参照)等が接続されて、チューブ89の開口部(水槽排水口86)が、受槽106内に位置している。このチューブ89には、クランプや開閉の切換えが可能な弁が設けられており、水槽排水口86が開閉可能とされている。 Furthermore, in the rear vertical wall portion 28b of the water tank 14, a through-hole 84 is formed in the lower left portion thereof and penetrates in the plate thickness direction (front-to-rear direction). A water tank port member 88 is assembled. The inside and outside of the water tank 14 communicate with each other through the water tank drain port 86 . This water tank drain port 86 is open toward a receiving tank 106 which is positioned below and will be described later. A port 86 ) is located within the reservoir 106 . The tube 89 is provided with a clamp and a valve capable of switching between opening and closing, so that the water tank drain port 86 can be opened and closed.
 ここで、水槽14の壁部46の少なくとも一部は、内視鏡16が挿通可能とされる弾性材からなる弾性壁部材90により構成されており、本実施形態では、周壁部26の少なくとも一部が弾性壁部材90により構成されている。具体的には、前述のように、4つの竪壁部28のうちの1つである右側の竪壁部28に開口部分48が設けられており、当該開口部分48を覆うように弾性壁部材90が配置されている。特に、本実施形態では、水槽14における右側の竪壁部28の代わりに弾性壁部材90が設けられており、前後両側の竪壁部28a,28b、左側の竪壁部28c及び弾性壁部材90により、略箱状の水槽14が構成されている。なお、弾性壁部材90を構成する弾性材の材質は限定されるものではないが、例えば独立気泡の発泡ウレタン等の発泡樹脂や非発泡の軟質合成樹脂、シリコーンシート、人工ゴムシート(発泡又は非発泡を含む)及びそれらの複合材等が採用可能であり、本実施形態では、発泡ウレタンが採用されている。弾性壁部材90の硬度は限定されるものではないが、例えば人体の皮膚に近い延び特性等を実現できるように、ショアC硬度が20°~90°の範囲内に設定されることが好ましい。 Here, at least a portion of the wall portion 46 of the water tank 14 is constituted by an elastic wall member 90 made of an elastic material through which the endoscope 16 can be inserted. A portion is constituted by an elastic wall member 90 . Specifically, as described above, the right vertical wall portion 28, which is one of the four vertical wall portions 28, is provided with the opening portion 48, and the elastic wall member is provided so as to cover the opening portion 48. 90 are placed. In particular, in this embodiment, an elastic wall member 90 is provided in place of the right vertical wall portion 28 in the water tank 14, and the front and rear vertical wall portions 28a and 28b, the left vertical wall portion 28c and the elastic wall member 90 are provided. Thus, a substantially box-shaped water tank 14 is constructed. Although the material of the elastic material constituting the elastic wall member 90 is not limited, for example, foamed resin such as closed-cell urethane foam, non-foamed soft synthetic resin, silicone sheet, artificial rubber sheet (foamed or non-foamed) can be used. (including foaming) and composite materials thereof can be used, and foamed urethane is used in this embodiment. Although the hardness of the elastic wall member 90 is not limited, it is preferable to set the Shore C hardness within the range of 20° to 90° so as to achieve elongation characteristics close to those of human skin.
 このような前後両側の竪壁部28a,28b及び底壁部24における各エッジ状当接部52に対して弾性壁部材90の幅方向両側部分及び下端部分が重ね合わされて押し付けられることで、弾性壁部材90により開口部分48がシールされている。本実施形態では、弾性壁部材90が略矩形のシート状とされており、柔軟に弾性変形可能とされている。そして、図1~7にも示されるように、弾性壁部材90は、開口部50における右方から上方にかけて設けられており、開口部50における右方(開口部分48)を覆い略平坦に広がる右方平坦部92と、開口部50における上方(上方開口部22)を部分的に覆い略平坦に広がる上方平坦部94と、右方平坦部92と上方平坦部94とを接続して前後両側の竪壁部28a,28bの湾曲部分に沿って広がる湾曲壁部96とを備えている。即ち、弾性壁部材90の上側部分には、水槽14の上方開口部22を覆うように湾曲して内方に延びる湾曲壁部96が設けられている。一方、弾性壁部材90の下端部分(右方平坦部92の下端部分)は、前後両側の竪壁部28a,28b及び底壁部24よりも下方まで突出している。従って、本実施形態では、骨格モデル12を浸漬させるのに必要な規定水位よりも下方にまで至る領域に亘って、弾性壁部材90が設けられている。これにより、右側の竪壁部28(弾性壁部材90)において内視鏡16を差し入れることのできる位置を、トレーニングに際しての規定水位よりも下方に設定することができる。 Width direction side portions and lower end portions of the elastic wall member 90 are superimposed and pressed against the respective edge-like contact portions 52 of the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b and the bottom wall portion 24 on both front and rear sides, thereby elastically A wall member 90 seals the opening 48 . In this embodiment, the elastic wall member 90 is in the form of a substantially rectangular sheet, and is flexibly elastically deformable. 1 to 7, the elastic wall member 90 is provided from the right side to the upper side of the opening 50, and covers the right side of the opening 50 (the opening portion 48) and extends substantially flat. A right flat portion 92, an upper flat portion 94 that partially covers the upper part of the opening 50 (upper opening 22) and spreads substantially flat, and the right flat portion 92 and the upper flat portion 94 are connected to form front and rear sides. and a curved wall portion 96 extending along the curved portions of the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b. That is, the upper portion of the elastic wall member 90 is provided with a curved wall portion 96 that curves and extends inward so as to cover the upper opening portion 22 of the water tub 14 . On the other hand, the lower end portion of the elastic wall member 90 (the lower end portion of the right flat portion 92) protrudes below the vertical wall portions 28a, 28b and the bottom wall portion 24 on both front and rear sides. Therefore, in this embodiment, the elastic wall member 90 is provided over a region below the specified water level necessary for immersing the skeleton model 12 . As a result, the position where the endoscope 16 can be inserted in the right vertical wall portion 28 (elastic wall member 90) can be set below the specified water level for training.
 なお、弾性壁部材90において右方平坦部92や上方平坦部94のような平坦に広がる部分は必須なものではなく、例えば前後両側の竪壁部28a,28bにおける右端面が平坦な部分を有することなく湾曲している場合、弾性壁部材90は、かかる竪壁部28a,28bの右端面に沿って全体に亘って湾曲していてもよい。 It should be noted that the flat portions such as the right flat portion 92 and the upper flat portion 94 of the elastic wall member 90 are not essential. If the elastic wall member 90 is curved without bending, the elastic wall member 90 may be curved along the entire right end surface of the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b.
 そして、弾性壁部材90の上端辺部(上方平坦部94において湾曲壁部96と反対側の端部)には上側ロッド98が取り付けられていると共に、弾性壁部材90の下端辺部(右方平坦部92において湾曲壁部96と反対側の端部)には下側ロッド100が取り付けられている。具体的には、弾性壁部材90の上端辺部及び下端辺部において、それぞれ上側ロッド98及び下側ロッド100が、弾性壁部材90の幅方向(前後方向)に延びて挿通されている。これら上側及び下側ロッド98,100は、弾性壁部材90から前後方向両側に突出しており、弾性壁部材90から突出する上側及び下側ロッド98,100の両端部には、それぞれ把持部102が固定されている。 An upper rod 98 is attached to the upper side of the elastic wall member 90 (the end of the upper flat portion 94 opposite to the curved wall portion 96), and the lower side of the elastic wall member 90 (the right side). A lower rod 100 is attached to the end of the flat portion 92 opposite the curved wall portion 96 . Specifically, an upper rod 98 and a lower rod 100 extend in the width direction (front-rear direction) of the elastic wall member 90 and are inserted through the upper edge portion and the lower edge portion of the elastic wall member 90 , respectively. These upper and lower rods 98 and 100 protrude from the elastic wall member 90 on both sides in the front-rear direction. Fixed.
 また、弾性壁部材90の上端辺部及び下端辺部における幅方向(前後方向)両側部分には、それぞれ弾性壁部材90の長さ方向内方に凹む取付凹部104が設けられている。かかる弾性壁部材90の上端辺部における各取付凹部104により上側ロッド98が部分的に露出していると共に、弾性壁部材90の下端辺部における各取付凹部104により下側ロッド100が部分的に露出している。そして、弾性壁部材90における上端辺部において各取付凹部104から露出する上側ロッド98が、前後両側の竪壁部28a,28bに固定される各上方固定部材54の上方支持凹部56に引っ掛けられると共に、弾性壁部材90における下端辺部において各取付凹部104から露出する下側ロッド100が、底壁部24に固定される各下方固定部材58の下方支持凹部60に引っ掛けられることで、弾性壁部材90が、水槽14における開口部分48を覆って取り付けられている。 In addition, mounting recesses 104 that are recessed inward in the length direction of the elastic wall member 90 are provided on both side portions in the width direction (front-rear direction) of the upper end side portion and the lower end side portion of the elastic wall member 90 . The upper rod 98 is partially exposed by the mounting recesses 104 on the upper end side of the elastic wall member 90 , and the lower rod 100 is partially exposed by the mounting recesses 104 on the lower end side of the elastic wall member 90 . Exposed. The upper rods 98 exposed from the mounting recesses 104 at the upper edge of the elastic wall member 90 are hooked on the upper support recesses 56 of the upper fixing members 54 fixed to the vertical walls 28a and 28b on both front and rear sides. , the lower rods 100 exposed from the mounting recesses 104 at the lower end side portions of the elastic wall member 90 are hooked to the lower support recesses 60 of the lower fixing members 58 fixed to the bottom wall portion 24, thereby forming the elastic wall member. 90 is mounted over opening 48 in tub 14 .
 これら上方支持凹部56と下方支持凹部60において、前後両側の竪壁部28a,28bの右端面に沿った離隔距離は、弾性壁部材90の長さ方向における自然長よりも大きくされている。即ち、上下のロッド98,100がそれぞれ上下の支持凹部56,60に引っ掛けられた状態では、弾性壁部材90が長さ方向で引っ張られた状態とされており、弾性壁部材90が、かかる引張状態をもって開口部分48の端縁部である各エッジ状当接部52に対して押し付けられている。従って、弾性壁部材90を水槽14に装着する際には、例えば下側ロッド100を下方支持凹部60に引っ掛けた後、弾性壁部材90を長さ方向に引っ張りつつ上側ロッド98を上方支持凹部56に引っ掛ける。これにより、弾性壁部材90における引張動作を解除した後にも、弾性壁部材90が自然状態よりも上下方向で引っ張られた状態で、水槽14に装着される。要するに、弾性壁部材90の上端縁部と下端縁部が水槽14に対して固定的に取り付けられることによって、弾性壁部材90が上下方向の引張状態で装着されている。 In the upper support recess 56 and the lower support recess 60, the separation distance along the right end surfaces of the front and rear vertical wall portions 28a and 28b is larger than the natural length of the elastic wall member 90 in the longitudinal direction. That is, when the upper and lower rods 98, 100 are hooked on the upper and lower support recesses 56, 60, respectively, the elastic wall member 90 is pulled in the longitudinal direction. It is pressed against each edge-like abutting portion 52 which is the end edge of the opening portion 48 with a state. Therefore, when the elastic wall member 90 is attached to the water tank 14, for example, after the lower rod 100 is hooked to the lower support recess 60, the upper rod 98 is pulled into the upper support recess 56 while pulling the elastic wall member 90 in the longitudinal direction. hook to As a result, even after the elastic wall member 90 is released from being pulled, the elastic wall member 90 is attached to the water tank 14 in a state in which the elastic wall member 90 is pulled more vertically than in the natural state. In short, the upper and lower edges of the elastic wall member 90 are fixedly attached to the water tank 14, so that the elastic wall member 90 is attached in a state of tension in the vertical direction.
 なお、弾性壁部材90は、例えば上側ロッド98における両把持部102を把持して弾性壁部材90を長さ方向で引っ張りつつ上方支持凹部56から上側ロッド98を抜き出した後、下方支持凹部60から下側ロッド100を抜き出すことで、水槽14から取り外され得る。即ち、上側ロッド98及び下側ロッド100が水槽14に対して着脱可能とされており、これにより、弾性壁部材90が水槽14に対して着脱可能に装着され得る。 For example, the elastic wall member 90 is pulled out from the upper support recess 56 while pulling the elastic wall member 90 in the longitudinal direction by gripping both grip portions 102 of the upper rod 98 , and then pulling the upper rod 98 out of the lower support recess 60 . It can be removed from the water tank 14 by withdrawing the lower rod 100 . That is, the upper rod 98 and the lower rod 100 are detachable from the water tank 14 , so that the elastic wall member 90 can be detachably attached to the water tank 14 .
 本実施形態の弾性壁部材90には、内視鏡16の挿通予定位置を示す目視可能な位置マーカー(図示せず)が表示可能とされていてもよい。このような位置マーカーは、使用者における手技の習熟度に応じて異ならされてもよく、例えば習熟度の低い使用者の場合、弾性壁部材90に対して位置マーカーが予め印刷等されていてもよい。かかる場合にも、骨格モデル12が後述する腰椎の骨格モデルの際や、その他の骨格モデルの際など、採用される骨格モデル12に応じて、弾性壁部材90に印刷等される位置マーカーは、位置や大きさ等が異ならされてもよい。 A visible position marker (not shown) indicating the expected insertion position of the endoscope 16 may be displayed on the elastic wall member 90 of the present embodiment. Such position markers may be different depending on the user's proficiency level of the procedure. good. Even in such a case, the position markers printed on the elastic wall member 90, etc., are The position, size, etc. may be different.
 また、例えば習熟度の高い使用者の場合、弾性壁部材90に対して位置マーカーが、例えば油性ペン等で書き込めるようになっていてもよい。これにより、使用者は、内視鏡16の挿通位置の選択を含めたトレーニングを行うことができる。なお、かかる位置マーカーは消去可能とされてもよく、これにより、弾性壁部材90を繰り返し使用することができると共に、例えば異なる手技のトレーニングを行う場合、異なる位置に位置マーカーを記載することができる。 Further, for example, in the case of a highly proficient user, a position marker may be written on the elastic wall member 90 with, for example, an oil-based pen. Thereby, the user can perform training including selection of the insertion position of the endoscope 16 . It should be noted that such position markers may be erasable so that the elastic wall member 90 can be used repeatedly and the position markers can be placed in different locations, for example when training different procedures. .
 さらに、本実施形態の整形手技トレーニング装置10は、水槽14の下方において設けられる水槽14よりも大きな受槽106と、弾性壁部材90をエッジ状当接部52に対して押し付けた状態で外方から押圧する押圧機構108とを備えている。なお、かかる押圧機構108は、開口部分48における、弾性壁部材90の外周部分が前後両側の竪壁部28a,28bに重ね合わされてシールされる部分の少なくとも一部において、弾性壁部材90を外方から押圧していることが好適であるが、本実施形態では、後述するように、押圧機構108により弾性壁部材90が、前後両側の竪壁部28a,28bの下側部分及び底壁部24の各エッジ状当接部52に押圧されている。 Further, the orthopedic training apparatus 10 of the present embodiment includes a receiving tank 106 larger than the water tank 14 provided below the water tank 14 and an elastic wall member 90 pressed against the edge-like contact portion 52 from the outside. A pressing mechanism 108 for pressing is provided. The pressing mechanism 108 has the elastic wall member 90 outside the elastic wall member 90 in at least a part of the opening portion 48 where the outer peripheral portion of the elastic wall member 90 is overlapped with the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b on both the front and rear sides to be sealed. It is preferable that the elastic wall member 90 is pressed from the front and back sides of the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b, and the bottom wall portion of the elastic wall member 90 by the pressing mechanism 108, as will be described later. 24 edge-like abutment portions 52 are pressed.
 図11にも示されるように、受槽106は、全体として上方に開口する略箱状であり、略矩形状の底壁110と、底壁110の外周縁部から上方に突出する周壁112とを備えている。周壁112はある程度の上下方向寸法を有しており、受槽106において貯留可能な液体の容積が、トレーニングの際に水槽14に貯留される規定の容量以上とされている。底壁110の四隅における下面には、下方に突出する受槽脚部114が、ボルト又はねじにより固定されている。また、底壁110には、板厚方向(上下方向)で貫通する貫通孔116が設けられており、当該貫通孔116には、受槽排水口118を有する受槽ポート部材120が組み付けられている。かかる受槽排水口118により、受槽106の内外が相互に連通している。この受槽排水口118は、外部に向かって開口しており、例えば図1に示されるように、受槽ポート部材120にチューブ122等が接続されている。このチューブ122には、クランプや開閉の切換えが可能な弁が設けられており、受槽排水口118が開閉可能とされている。なお、貫通孔116及び受槽ポート部材120の配設位置は限定されるものではなく、図6,7,11に示されるように底壁110の中央部分に設けられてもよいし、底壁110の隅部(例えば図3,4に示されるように底壁110の左後部)に設けられてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 11, the receiving tank 106 has a generally box-like shape that opens upward as a whole, and includes a substantially rectangular bottom wall 110 and a peripheral wall 112 that protrudes upward from the outer peripheral edge of the bottom wall 110 . I have. The peripheral wall 112 has a certain amount of vertical dimension, and the volume of liquid that can be stored in the reservoir 106 is set to be equal to or greater than the prescribed volume stored in the water tank 14 during training. Receiving tank legs 114 protruding downward are fixed to the lower surface at the four corners of the bottom wall 110 with bolts or screws. The bottom wall 110 is also provided with a through-hole 116 penetrating in the plate thickness direction (vertical direction). The inside and outside of the receiving tank 106 communicate with each other through the receiving tank drain port 118 . The receiving tank drain port 118 is open to the outside, and a tube 122 or the like is connected to the receiving tank port member 120 as shown in FIG. 1, for example. The tube 122 is provided with a clamp and a valve capable of switching between opening and closing, so that the receiving tank drainage port 118 can be opened and closed. The arrangement positions of the through hole 116 and the receiving tank port member 120 are not limited, and may be provided in the central portion of the bottom wall 110 as shown in FIGS. (eg, left rear of bottom wall 110 as shown in FIGS. 3 and 4).
 また、受槽106における上方への開口は、水槽14の外周回りよりも大きくされており、受槽106における底壁110上に水槽14が載置され得る。そして、底壁110において、水槽14における水槽脚部78が重ね合わされる部分には、上方に突出する位置決め凸部124が、ボルト又はねじにより固定されている。各位置決め凸部124は、全体として略円錐台形状とされており、各水槽脚部78における位置決め凹部80よりも僅かに小さく形成されている。各位置決め凸部124は合成樹脂により形成されてもよいが、例えば全体又は一部が、強磁性や常磁性を有する金属製とされてもよい。各位置決め凸部124が合成樹脂により形成される場合、例えば内部に永久磁石126が埋設状態で配置されてもよい。 In addition, the upward opening of the receiving tank 106 is made larger than the circumference of the water tank 14 , so that the water tank 14 can be placed on the bottom wall 110 of the receiving tank 106 . A positioning protrusion 124 projecting upward is fixed by a bolt or screw to the portion of the bottom wall 110 on which the water tank legs 78 of the water tank 14 are overlapped. Each positioning protrusion 124 has a substantially truncated cone shape as a whole and is slightly smaller than the positioning recess 80 in each water tank leg 78 . Each positioning protrusion 124 may be made of synthetic resin, or may be made entirely or partially of metal having ferromagnetism or paramagnetism, for example. When each positioning projection 124 is made of synthetic resin, for example, a permanent magnet 126 may be embedded inside.
 これにより、受槽106における底壁110上に水槽14が載置される場合には、各水槽脚部78における位置決め凹部80に、底壁110上の各位置決め凸部124が入り込んで、水槽14と受槽106とが水平方向(上下方向に対して直交する方向)で位置決めされる。即ち、本実施形態では、これら位置決め凹部80と位置決め凸部124とを含んで、水槽14と受槽106とを水平方向で相対的に位置決めする位置決め機構127が構成されている。なお、水槽14と受槽106とは上下方向では固定されていないことから、トレーニングの終了後に受槽106から水槽14を持ち上げることで、受槽106から水槽14を取り外すことができる。 Accordingly, when the water tank 14 is placed on the bottom wall 110 of the receiving tank 106 , the positioning protrusions 124 on the bottom wall 110 enter the positioning recesses 80 on the water tank legs 78 . The receiving tank 106 is positioned in the horizontal direction (direction perpendicular to the vertical direction). That is, in the present embodiment, a positioning mechanism 127 that relatively positions the water tank 14 and the receiving tank 106 in the horizontal direction is configured including the positioning concave portion 80 and the positioning convex portion 124 . Since the water tank 14 and the receiving tank 106 are not fixed in the vertical direction, the water tank 14 can be removed from the receiving tank 106 by lifting the water tank 14 from the receiving tank 106 after training.
 特に、各水槽脚部78や各位置決め凸部124内に永久磁石82,126が設けられる場合、これら永久磁石82,126同士の吸引力により、受槽106からの水槽14の意図しない離脱が防止され得る。なお、各水槽脚部78と各位置決め凸部124の何れか一方が、全体又はその一部が金属により形成される場合、永久磁石は、各水槽脚部78と各位置決め凸部124の他方に設けられるだけでもよい。或いは、各水槽脚部78と各位置決め凸部124の何れか一方に永久磁石82,126が設けられて、各水槽脚部78と各位置決め凸部124の他方を固定するボルト又はねじとの間で吸引力が作用するようになっていてもよいし、各水槽脚部78及び/又は各位置決め凸部124を固定するボルト又はねじが、永久磁石により形成されてもよい。即ち、永久磁石82,126の少なくとも一方を含んで、水槽14と受槽106との意図しない離脱を制限して、水槽14と受槽106とを装着状態に保持する連結手段128を構成することができる。 In particular, when the permanent magnets 82 and 126 are provided in each of the water tank legs 78 and each of the positioning protrusions 124, the mutual attractive forces of these permanent magnets 82 and 126 prevent the water tank 14 from unintentionally detaching from the receiving tank 106. obtain. If one of the water tank legs 78 and the positioning protrusions 124 is wholly or partly made of metal, the permanent magnet is attached to the other of the water tank legs 78 and the positioning protrusions 124. It may be provided only. Alternatively, a permanent magnet 82 or 126 is provided on either one of each water tank leg 78 and each positioning protrusion 124, and between each water tank leg 78 and the other of each positioning protrusion 124 a bolt or screw. Alternatively, the bolts or screws that fix the water tank legs 78 and/or the positioning protrusions 124 may be made of permanent magnets. That is, connecting means 128 that includes at least one of the permanent magnets 82 and 126 to restrict unintentional detachment of the water tank 14 and the receiving tank 106 and hold the water tank 14 and the receiving tank 106 in a mounted state can be configured. .
 図12にも示されるように、本実施形態の押圧機構108は、ねじ穴129を有する押圧プレート130と、ねじ穴129に螺合するねじ132を有するノブ134とを備えている。押圧プレート130は、全体としてある程度の幅方向寸法(前後方向寸法)を有する略矩形板状であり、本実施形態では、押圧プレート130の幅方向寸法が、弾性壁部材90における幅方向寸法(前後方向寸法)と略等しくされている。本実施形態の整形手技トレーニング装置10では、押圧プレート130の板厚方向が左右方向となるように組み付けられている。そして、板厚方向一方の面(整形手技トレーニング装置10に組み付けられた状態における左面)が略平坦面とされていると共に、板厚方向他方の面にねじ穴129が設けられて、ノブ134におけるねじ132が螺合されている。 As also shown in FIG. 12 , the pressing mechanism 108 of this embodiment includes a pressing plate 130 having a screw hole 129 and a knob 134 having a screw 132 screwed into the screw hole 129 . The pressing plate 130 as a whole has a substantially rectangular plate shape with a certain width dimension (front-to-rear dimension). direction dimension). In the orthopedic technique training device 10 of the present embodiment, the pressure plate 130 is assembled so that the plate thickness direction is the left-right direction. One surface in the plate thickness direction (the left surface when assembled to the orthopedic training device 10) is a substantially flat surface, and the other surface in the plate thickness direction is provided with a screw hole 129 so that the knob 134 A screw 132 is screwed thereon.
 これにより、ノブ134における締付部136を中心軸回りで回転させることで、ねじを締めてノブ134をねじの送り方向(右方から左方の方向)に移動させたり、ねじを緩めてノブ134を反対の方向に移動させることが可能である。この結果、ねじを締める又は緩める動作に応じて、押圧プレート130における板厚方向一方の面からノブ134における締付部136の端面までの距離(左右方向距離)が調節可能とされている。 As a result, by rotating the tightening portion 136 of the knob 134 around the central axis, the screw is tightened to move the knob 134 in the screw feed direction (from right to left), or the screw is loosened to move the knob. It is possible to move 134 in the opposite direction. As a result, the distance (horizontal distance) from one surface of the pressing plate 130 in the plate thickness direction to the end surface of the tightening portion 136 of the knob 134 can be adjusted according to the operation of tightening or loosening the screw.
 なお、本実施形態では、押圧プレート130における板厚方向他方の面に3つのねじ穴129が前後方向で相互に離隔して設けられていると共に、各ねじ穴129に螺合する3つのノブ134が設けられている。そして、押圧プレート130における下端において、前後方向で隣り合うねじ穴129,129の間には、上方に開口する切欠状の凹部138が、板厚方向(左右方向)で貫通して形成されている。これら各凹部138は、弾性壁部材90の下端辺部における各取付凹部104と対応する位置に設けられている。 In the present embodiment, three screw holes 129 are provided on the other surface of the pressing plate 130 in the plate thickness direction and are spaced apart from each other in the front-rear direction. is provided. At the lower end of the pressing plate 130, between the screw holes 129, 129 adjacent in the front-rear direction, a notch-shaped recess 138 opening upward is formed penetrating in the plate thickness direction (horizontal direction). . Each recess 138 is provided at a position corresponding to each mounting recess 104 on the lower end side portion of the elastic wall member 90 .
 この押圧機構108は、水槽14が受槽106に載置された状態において、弾性壁部材90を外方から押圧するように設けられている。即ち、弾性壁部材90における水槽14の開口部分48に重ね合わされる側と反対側の面に対して、略平坦面とされた押圧プレート130の板厚方向一方の面が重ね合わされていると共に、押圧プレート130の板厚方向他方の面に取り付けられる各ノブ134における締付部136の端面が、受槽106の周壁112における右方の内面に対して当接している。特に、前述のように、各ノブ134を回転させることで押圧プレート130の板厚方向一方の面から締付部136の端面までの左右方向距離が調節可能であることから、各ノブ134のねじ132を緩めて押圧プレート130の板厚方向の一方の面から締付部136の端面までの左右方向距離を大きくすることで、押圧プレート130により弾性壁部材90が押圧されて、水槽14と押圧プレート130との間で弾性壁部材90が左右方向で略圧縮状態とされている。 The pressing mechanism 108 is provided so as to press the elastic wall member 90 from the outside when the water tank 14 is placed on the receiving tank 106 . That is, one surface in the plate thickness direction of the pressing plate 130 which is a substantially flat surface is superimposed on the surface of the elastic wall member 90 opposite to the side superimposed on the opening portion 48 of the water tank 14, and The end surface of the tightening portion 136 of each knob 134 attached to the other surface of the pressing plate 130 in the plate thickness direction abuts against the right inner surface of the peripheral wall 112 of the receiving tank 106 . In particular, as described above, by rotating each knob 134, the horizontal distance from one surface of the pressing plate 130 in the plate thickness direction to the end surface of the tightening portion 136 can be adjusted. 132 is loosened to increase the horizontal distance from one surface of the pressing plate 130 in the plate thickness direction to the end surface of the tightening portion 136 , so that the elastic wall member 90 is pressed by the pressing plate 130 to press the water tank 14 . Between the plate 130 and the elastic wall member 90, the elastic wall member 90 is substantially compressed in the left-right direction.
 なお、本実施形態では、押圧機構108(押圧プレート130)は受槽106における底壁110上に載置されており、水槽14における下端からある程度の上下方向の範囲に亘って弾性壁部材90を水槽14に対して押圧している。具体的には、水槽14における底壁部24及び前後両側の竪壁部28a,28bの下側部分(特に、湾曲部分に至らず、略上下方向に延びる部分)の各エッジ状当接部52に対して、押圧機構108により弾性壁部材90が押し付けられている。 In the present embodiment, the pressing mechanism 108 (pressing plate 130) is mounted on the bottom wall 110 of the receiving tank 106, and the elastic wall member 90 extends over a certain vertical range from the lower end of the water tank 14. 14. Specifically, the edge-like abutting portions 52 of the bottom wall portion 24 and the lower portions of the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b on both front and rear sides of the water tank 14 (in particular, the portions extending substantially vertically without reaching the curved portion). The elastic wall member 90 is pressed by the pressing mechanism 108 against.
 水槽14に装着されてトレーニングに供される骨格モデルは、トレーニングを行う手技に応じて変更可能であるが、図13,14に示されるように、本実施形態の骨格モデル12は、後述するブラケット152に固定される。また、本実施形態の骨格モデル12は、椎間板ヘルニアの手術のトレーニングとして、腰椎の骨格モデルを採用している。なお、腰椎の骨格モデルを採用する場合、腰椎全体(第1~第5腰椎)を模したものであってもよいが、腰椎の一部を模したものであってもよく、本実施形態の骨格モデル12は、第3腰椎L3と第4腰椎L4と第5腰椎L5の前方部分と、第3腰椎L3と第4腰椎L4との間の椎間板140と、第4腰椎L4と第5腰椎L5との間の椎間板142とを備えている。なお、前述の図1~12では、骨格モデル12における首側を前方、脚側を後方として説明していたことから、骨格モデル12において首側となる図13中の左方を前方、脚側となる図13中の右方を後方、背中側となる図13中の上方を上方、腹側となる図13中の下方を下方として説明する。 The skeletal model that is attached to the water tank 14 and used for training can be changed according to the training procedure. As shown in FIGS. 152. In addition, the skeletal model 12 of the present embodiment employs a lumbar spine skeletal model as training for intervertebral disc herniation surgery. When adopting the skeleton model of the lumbar vertebrae, the entire lumbar vertebrae (first to fifth lumbar vertebrae) may be modeled, or a part of the lumbar vertebrae may be modeled. The skeletal model 12 includes the front portions of the third lumbar vertebra L3, the fourth lumbar vertebra L4 and the fifth lumbar vertebra L5, the intervertebral disc 140 between the third lumbar vertebra L3 and the fourth lumbar vertebra L4, the fourth lumbar vertebra L4 and the fifth lumbar vertebra L5. and an intervertebral disc 142 between them. 1 to 12 described above, the neck side of the skeletal model 12 is the front side, and the leg side is the rear side, so the left side in FIG. The right side in FIG. 13 will be described as the rear, the upper side in FIG. 13 as the back side will be described as the upper side, and the lower side in FIG.
 また、骨格モデル12の内部の隙間144には、神経を模した神経モデル146が挿通されている。神経モデル146は、前後方向に延びる馬尾神経を模した部分146aと、馬尾神経から側方に延び出す神経根を模した部分146bとを有している。そして、骨格モデル12は、内部の隙間144に、ヘルニアを模した繊維状の内装物148を有している。この繊維状の内装物148としては、例えば綿や羊毛フェルト等が好適に採用され得る。 In addition, a nerve model 146 simulating a nerve is inserted through a gap 144 inside the skeleton model 12 . The nerve model 146 has a portion 146a imitating the cauda equina nerve extending in the front-rear direction and a portion 146b imitating the nerve root extending laterally from the cauda equina nerve. The skeletal model 12 has a fibrous internal material 148 imitating a hernia in an internal gap 144 . As the fibrous interior material 148, for example, cotton, wool felt, or the like can be preferably used.
 かかる骨格モデル12は、例えばエポキシ樹脂やアクリル系樹脂等の硬質樹脂により形成され得て、本実施形態では発泡ポリウレタンにより形成されている。更に、本実施形態では、骨格モデル12が、互いに硬さが異なる複数の層からなる多層構造とされている。最も外側の層は、内側の層よりも硬質な合成樹脂からなる被覆層150である。かかる外側の層(被覆層150)は、例えば内側の層と異なる材質を採用することも可能であるが、内側の層に対して発泡率を変化させることによって硬さを調節してもよい。また、神経モデル146は、例えばシリコーン等のエラストマーにより形成され得る。 The skeletal model 12 can be made of hard resin such as epoxy resin or acrylic resin, and is made of foamed polyurethane in this embodiment. Furthermore, in this embodiment, the skeleton model 12 has a multi-layered structure composed of a plurality of layers with different hardnesses. The outermost layer is a covering layer 150 made of a synthetic resin harder than the inner layers. Such an outer layer (coating layer 150) may employ a material different from that of the inner layer, for example, and the hardness may be adjusted by changing the foaming rate of the inner layer. Also, the nerve model 146 may be formed of an elastomer such as silicone, for example.
 さらに、ブラケット152は、全体として略矩形平板形状であり、例えば硬質の合成樹脂により形成され得る。かかるブラケット152が、骨格モデル12の下面に固定されている。なお、ブラケット152と骨格モデル12との固定構造は限定されるものではなく、例えば接着等であってもよいが、本実施形態では、ブラケット152の上面における中央部分にピン穴154が設けられており、骨格モデル12から下方に突出する図示しないピンが圧入されることで、ブラケット152と骨格モデル12とが固定されている。このような固定構造を採用することで、例えばモデル支持部61(第1及び第2固定部62,64)にブラケット152を装着した状態で、骨格モデル12のみを交換することも可能となる。或いは、骨格モデル12のピンをブラケット152のピン穴154に挿入した状態で、骨格モデル12とブラケット152とを接着してもよい。また、ブラケット152の下部には、前後方向両側に突出する係合突部156,156が設けられている。 Furthermore, the bracket 152 has a substantially rectangular flat plate shape as a whole, and can be made of hard synthetic resin, for example. Such a bracket 152 is fixed to the lower surface of the skeletal model 12 . The fixing structure between the bracket 152 and the skeletal model 12 is not limited, and may be, for example, adhesion. The bracket 152 and the skeleton model 12 are fixed by press-fitting a pin (not shown) protruding downward from the skeleton model 12 . By adopting such a fixing structure, for example, it is possible to replace only the skeleton model 12 with the bracket 152 attached to the model support portion 61 (the first and second fixing portions 62 and 64). Alternatively, the skeleton model 12 and the bracket 152 may be bonded together with the pin of the skeleton model 12 inserted into the pin hole 154 of the bracket 152 . In addition, engagement protrusions 156, 156 are provided at the lower portion of the bracket 152 so as to protrude on both sides in the front-rear direction.
 これら係合突部156,156を含んだブラケット152の前後方向寸法は、モデル支持部61における第1固定部62の第1固定溝66に前方の係合突部156が差し入れられると共に、第2固定部64に設けられる回動部材68の押さえ部70が固定位置にある状態において、押さえ部70により後方の係合突部156が上方から押さえられる大きさとされている。そして、回動部材68を回動させて押さえ部70による係合突部156の上方からの押さえを解除することにより、第1固定部62と第2固定部64との間から、骨格モデル12が固定された状態のブラケット152を取り出すことができる。 The front-to-rear dimension of the bracket 152 including these engaging protrusions 156, 156 is such that the front engaging protrusion 156 is inserted into the first fixing groove 66 of the first fixing portion 62 in the model support portion 61, and the second The holding portion 70 of the rotating member 68 provided on the fixed portion 64 is sized to hold the rear engaging protrusion 156 from above when the holding portion 70 is in the fixed position. Then, by rotating the rotating member 68 to release the pressing of the engaging projection 156 from above by the pressing portion 70 , the skeleton model 12 can be moved from between the first fixing portion 62 and the second fixing portion 64 . The bracket 152 with the is fixed can be taken out.
 そして、骨格モデル12が固定された水槽14に対して、上壁部30に設けられた各弁体34及び弾性壁部材90の何れかを介して、上方から内視鏡16の先端部分が挿し入れられる。本発明に係る整形手技トレーニング装置10に用いられる内視鏡の構造は限定されるものではなく、例えば一般に外科手術で用いられる内視鏡を用いてもよいが、本実施形態では、図15,16に示されるように、内視鏡16が、簡易的な内視鏡とされている。即ち、本実施形態の内視鏡16は、本体部158が金属により形成されている。 Then, the distal end portion of the endoscope 16 is inserted from above into the water tank 14 to which the skeletal model 12 is fixed through either the valve bodies 34 provided on the upper wall portion 30 or the elastic wall member 90 . be put in. The structure of the endoscope used in the orthopedic training device 10 according to the present invention is not limited, and for example, an endoscope generally used in surgical operations may be used. As indicated by 16, the endoscope 16 is a simple endoscope. That is, in the endoscope 16 of this embodiment, the body portion 158 is made of metal.
 内視鏡16の本体部158には、第1ルーメン160と第2ルーメン162と第3ルーメン164の3つのルーメンが形成されており、これら第1~第3ルーメン160,162,164が、それぞれ本体部158の長さ方向に延びて形成されている。本実施形態では、第1ルーメン160が、第2及び第3ルーメン162,164よりも大径とされており、水槽14に収容された水18の吸引用及び図示しない器具の挿通用のルーメンである。また、第2ルーメン162が後述するケーブル180の挿通用であると共に、第3ルーメン164が水18を水槽14に吐出する吐出用のルーメンである。 A body portion 158 of the endoscope 16 is formed with three lumens, a first lumen 160, a second lumen 162, and a third lumen 164. These first to third lumens 160, 162, and 164 are respectively It is formed to extend in the length direction of the body portion 158 . In this embodiment, the first lumen 160 has a larger diameter than the second and third lumens 162, 164, and is a lumen for sucking the water 18 contained in the water tank 14 and for inserting an instrument (not shown). be. The second lumen 162 is for inserting a cable 180 to be described later, and the third lumen 164 is a discharge lumen for discharging the water 18 into the water tank 14 .
 なお、以下の説明では、本体部158の長さ方向とは、図15中の左右方向をいい、先端側とは図15中の左側をいうと共に、基端側とは図15中の右側をいう。また、本体部158の上方とは、図15中の上方をいい、下方とは、図15中の下方をいう。本実施形態では、本体部158の下側部分が、上側部分よりも先端側に突出しており、この本体部158の上側部分に第1ルーメン160が設けられていると共に、本体部158の下側部分に第2ルーメン162が設けられている。また、本体部158において、第1ルーメン160と第2ルーメン162を側方に外れた位置に第3ルーメン164が設けられている。 In the following description, the length direction of the main body 158 refers to the left-right direction in FIG. 15, the distal side refers to the left side in FIG. 15, and the proximal side refers to the right side in FIG. say. Further, the upper side of the body portion 158 means the upper side in FIG. 15, and the lower side means the lower side in FIG. In this embodiment, the lower portion of the main body portion 158 protrudes further toward the distal end than the upper portion, and the upper portion of the main body portion 158 is provided with the first lumen 160. A second lumen 162 is provided in the portion. A third lumen 164 is provided in the body portion 158 at a position laterally deviating from the first lumen 160 and the second lumen 162 .
 これら第1~第3ルーメン160,162,164は、それぞれ内視鏡16の先端部分に開口している。即ち、本実施形態の内視鏡16は、先端部分において、水18の吸引用のルーメンである第1ルーメン160の開口としての吸引口166と、水18の吐出用のルーメンである第3ルーメン164の開口としての吐出口168との両方を備えている。また、第2ルーメン162の開口部分には、カメラ170が設けられている。即ち、カメラ170は、吸引口166や吐出口168よりも先端側に設けられており、第1ルーメン160(吸引口166)を通じて挿通される器具を撮影することができるようになっている。 These first to third lumens 160, 162, 164 are opened at the distal end portion of the endoscope 16, respectively. That is, the endoscope 16 of this embodiment has a suction port 166 as an opening of a first lumen 160 for suctioning the water 18 and a third lumen for discharging the water 18 at the distal end portion. 164 and a discharge port 168 as an opening. A camera 170 is provided at the opening of the second lumen 162 . That is, the camera 170 is provided on the distal side of the suction port 166 and the discharge port 168, and is capable of photographing the instrument inserted through the first lumen 160 (suction port 166).
 また、第1ルーメン160の基端部分は、スリット172を有する弁174で閉塞されていると共に、この弁174よりも前方では、第1ルーメン160に連通して側方に延び出す吸引チューブ176が接続されている。更に、第3ルーメン164の基端部分には、側方に延び出す吐出チューブ178が接続されている。これら吸引チューブ176及び吐出チューブ178は、水槽14の外部において、適切なコネクタ等を介して図示しない循環装置であるポンプや濾過装置であるフィルタ等に接続されていてもよい。したがって、本実施形態の整形手技トレーニング装置10は、図示しないポンプやフィルタ等を含んで構成されていてもよい。なお、本実施形態では、吸引口166から吸引された水18がフィルタにより濾過されると共に、フィルタによって濾過された水18がポンプにより循環させられて、吐出口168から水槽14に吐出されるようになっている。 A proximal end portion of the first lumen 160 is closed by a valve 174 having a slit 172. In front of the valve 174, a suction tube 176 communicates with the first lumen 160 and extends sideways. It is connected. Furthermore, a discharge tube 178 extending laterally is connected to the base end portion of the third lumen 164 . These suction tube 176 and discharge tube 178 may be connected to a pump as a circulation device and a filter as a filtration device (not shown) via appropriate connectors outside the water tank 14 . Therefore, the orthopedic technique training device 10 of the present embodiment may be configured including a pump, a filter, and the like (not shown). In this embodiment, the water 18 sucked from the suction port 166 is filtered by the filter, and the filtered water 18 is circulated by the pump and discharged from the discharge port 168 into the water tank 14. It has become.
 更にまた、カメラ170に接続されるケーブル180は、第2ルーメン162を通じて内視鏡16の外部に引き出されており、水槽14の外部においてコネクタ182を介して図示しないモニタに接続されている。また、本実施形態の整形手技トレーニング装置10は、照明装置としてのライトを含んでいてもよく、図示しないライトが水槽14及び/又は内視鏡16に設けられてもよい。 Furthermore, a cable 180 connected to the camera 170 is pulled out of the endoscope 16 through the second lumen 162 and connected to a monitor (not shown) outside the water tank 14 via a connector 182 . Further, the plastic surgery training device 10 of the present embodiment may include a light as an illumination device, and a light (not shown) may be provided on the water tank 14 and/or the endoscope 16 .
 なお、かかる内視鏡16が弾性壁部材90に挿通される場合、弾性壁部材90には内視鏡16が挿通される前に、穿孔部材としてのダイレータ184及びシース186が穿刺される。図15において二点鎖線で示されるように、ダイレータ184はシース186に内挿されており、ダイレータ184とシース186とが一体的に弾性壁部材90に穿刺される。その後、シース186に対してダイレータ184を引き抜くことで、弾性壁部材90にシース186が留置される。このシース186により弾性壁部材90に内視鏡16の挿通用孔188が形成されて、当該挿通用孔188を通じて内視鏡16が弾性壁部材90に挿通され得る。即ち、穿孔部材であるダイレータ184の穿刺によって、内視鏡16の挿通用孔188が形成可能である。 When the endoscope 16 is inserted through the elastic wall member 90 , the dilator 184 and the sheath 186 as piercing members are pierced through the elastic wall member 90 before the endoscope 16 is inserted. 15, the dilator 184 is inserted into the sheath 186, and the dilator 184 and the sheath 186 are integrally pierced through the elastic wall member 90. As shown in FIG. After that, the sheath 186 is left in the elastic wall member 90 by pulling out the dilator 184 with respect to the sheath 186 . The sheath 186 forms an insertion hole 188 for the endoscope 16 in the elastic wall member 90 , and the endoscope 16 can be inserted through the elastic wall member 90 through the insertion hole 188 . That is, the insertion hole 188 for the endoscope 16 can be formed by puncturing the dilator 184 which is a perforating member.
 また、トレーニングの終了後には、弾性壁部材90から穿孔部材であるシース186を抜去することにより、弾性壁部材90自体の弾性に基づいて挿通用孔188は閉鎖され得る。なお、上壁部30における各弁体34の何れかを通じて内視鏡16が挿通される場合にも、穿孔部材としてのダイレータ184及びシース186が内視鏡16より先に挿通されてもよい。尤も、これらダイレータ184及びシース186は必須なものではなく、各弁体34及び弾性壁部材90に対して直接内視鏡16が穿刺されてもよい。即ち、内視鏡16を水槽14内へと挿通させる挿通用孔188は、弾性壁部材90を有する周壁部26及び各弁体34を有する上壁部30に形成され得る。それ故、挿通用孔188は、周壁部26と上壁部30を含めた水槽14の壁部46に設けられる。 Further, after training is completed, the insertion hole 188 can be closed based on the elasticity of the elastic wall member 90 itself by removing the sheath 186, which is the perforating member, from the elastic wall member 90. Also when the endoscope 16 is inserted through any one of the valve bodies 34 in the upper wall portion 30 , the dilator 184 and the sheath 186 as the piercing member may be inserted prior to the endoscope 16 . Of course, the dilator 184 and the sheath 186 are not essential, and the endoscope 16 may directly pierce each valve element 34 and elastic wall member 90 . That is, the insertion hole 188 for inserting the endoscope 16 into the water tank 14 can be formed in the peripheral wall portion 26 having the elastic wall member 90 and the upper wall portion 30 having the respective valve bodies 34 . Therefore, the insertion hole 188 is provided in the wall portion 46 of the water tank 14 including the peripheral wall portion 26 and the upper wall portion 30 .
 かかる整形手技トレーニング装置10では、各弁体34及び弾性壁部材90の何れかを通じて内視鏡16の先端部分を挿し入れることで、整形外科手術における手技のトレーニングを行うことができる。即ち、内視鏡16の先端部分を骨格モデル12に接近させた状態で、第1ルーメン160の基端に設けられた弁174を貫通して、図示しないドリルや鉗子等の器具を挿通して内視鏡16の先端から突出させる。そして、図示しないモニタに表示される映像を確認しながら器具を操作して、骨(骨格モデル12)の破砕や切削、ヘルニア(内装物148)の摘出等を行う。 With such an orthopedic surgical training device 10, by inserting the distal end portion of the endoscope 16 through either the valve body 34 or the elastic wall member 90, training of surgical procedures in orthopedic surgery can be performed. That is, with the distal end portion of the endoscope 16 approaching the skeleton model 12, an instrument such as a drill or forceps (not shown) is inserted through the valve 174 provided at the proximal end of the first lumen 160. It is made to protrude from the tip of the endoscope 16 . Then, while confirming an image displayed on a monitor (not shown), the instrument is operated to crush or cut a bone (skeletal model 12), extract a hernia (internal material 148), or the like.
 ちなみに、椎間板ヘルニアの手術方法としては、一般に、図17(a)に示されるインターラミナル法と図17(b)に示されるトランスフォラミナル法とが挙げられ、ヘルニアの大きさや発生部位等に応じて、インターラミナル法かトランスフォラミナル法かが選択される。即ち、図17(a)に示される方法では、患者の背中側から垂直に(図17(a)中の上方から)内視鏡16が挿し入れられるのに対して、図17(b)に示される方法では、より外側から(図17(b)中において上方に対して傾斜する方向から)内視鏡16が挿し入れられる。本実施形態の整形手技トレーニング装置10は、各弁体34が設けられた上壁部30と、上壁部30よりも外側に設けられた弾性壁部材90とを備えており、各弁体34と弾性壁部材90の何れからも内視鏡16を挿し入れることができることから、インターラミナル法とトランスフォラミナル法の両方のトレーニングを行うことができる。 By the way, as a surgical method for intervertebral disc herniation, there are generally an interlaminar method shown in FIG. 17(a) and a transforaminal method shown in FIG. 17(b). Interlaminar or transforaminal methods are selected accordingly. That is, in the method shown in FIG. 17(a), the endoscope 16 is inserted vertically from the back side of the patient (from above in FIG. 17(a)), whereas in the method shown in FIG. In the method shown, the endoscope 16 is inserted from the outer side (from a direction inclined upward in FIG. 17(b)). The orthopedic training device 10 of the present embodiment includes an upper wall portion 30 provided with each valve element 34, and an elastic wall member 90 provided outside the upper wall portion 30. Each valve element 34 Since the endoscope 16 can be inserted through both the elastic wall member 90 and the elastic wall member 90, both the interlaminar method and the transforaminal method can be trained.
 なお、トランスフォラミナル法のトレーニングを行う際に、図1では患者の左側からの施術を想定して骨格モデル12の左方(骨格モデル12を中心として患者の首側を前方とした場合の左方)から内視鏡16を弾性壁部材90に挿通しているが、例えば骨格モデル12を前後反転して水槽14に設置することで、患者の右側から内視鏡16を挿通するトレーニングを行うことができる。また、トランスフォラミナル法では、図17(b)中の白矢印で示されるように、内視鏡16を下方に大きく移動させたり(ハンドダウン)、上方に大きく移動させたりする操作を伴う場合がある。このように、内視鏡16を上下に大きく移動させる操作を伴う場合にも、弾性壁部材90が水槽14の上方から右方の広い範囲を覆っていることから、内視鏡16の移動に対して水槽14の周壁部26が干渉することが回避される。 In addition, when training the transforaminal method, in FIG. 1, assuming that the treatment is performed from the left side of the patient, The endoscope 16 is inserted through the elastic wall member 90 from the side). For example, by turning the skeleton model 12 back and forth and placing it in the water tank 14, training for inserting the endoscope 16 from the patient's right side is performed. be able to. Moreover, in the transforaminal method, as indicated by the white arrow in FIG. There is As described above, even when the endoscope 16 is moved up and down by a large amount, the elastic wall member 90 covers a wide range from the upper side to the right side of the water tank 14. In contrast, interference with the peripheral wall portion 26 of the water tank 14 is avoided.
 そして、トレーニングの終了後には、弾性壁部材90に挿通されている内視鏡16を引き抜く。内視鏡16の挿通に際して、穿孔部材としてのダイレータ184やシース186が採用されている場合には、内視鏡16の引き抜き後シース186を引き抜くことで、弾性壁部材90に形成された挿通用孔188が、弾性壁部材90の弾性的な復元変形により閉鎖する。その後、水槽ポート部材88に接続されているチューブ89のクランプや弁を開放して水槽排水口86を開状態とすることで、水槽14中の水18が、水槽排水口86を通じて受槽106中に排水される。水槽14中の水18を排水した後、受槽106から水槽14を取り外す。受槽106に貯留された水18は、例えば受槽106における受槽ポート部材120に接続されているチューブ122を通じて、使用者の自宅の洗面所等、適切な排水口から排水される。 Then, after completing the training, the endoscope 16 inserted through the elastic wall member 90 is pulled out. When the endoscope 16 is inserted, if a dilator 184 or a sheath 186 is employed as a perforating member, the insertion area formed on the elastic wall member 90 is removed by withdrawing the sheath 186 after the endoscope 16 is withdrawn. The hole 188 is closed by elastic restoring deformation of the elastic wall member 90 . After that, by opening the clamp or valve of the tube 89 connected to the water tank port member 88 to open the water tank drain port 86, the water 18 in the water tank 14 flows into the receiving tank 106 through the water tank drain port 86. drained. After the water 18 in the water tank 14 is drained, the water tank 14 is removed from the receiving tank 106 . The water 18 stored in the reservoir 106 is drained from a suitable drain, such as the user's home washroom, for example, through a tube 122 connected to the reservoir port member 120 in the reservoir 106 .
 以上の如き構造とされた本実施形態の整形手技トレーニング装置10では、水槽14の壁部46の一部が弾性壁部材90により構成されており、特に本実施形態では、水槽14の周壁部26を構成する右側の竪壁部28に代えて、弾性壁部材90が採用されている。それ故、例えば硬質の竪壁部に内視鏡の挿通用の貫通孔を設ける場合に比べて、広い範囲に亘って内視鏡16を挿通することができて、また、トレーニングに際して内視鏡16を大きく動かす場合にも、硬質の竪壁部が干渉することが回避される。更に、硬質の竪壁部に挿通用の貫通孔を設ける場合には、内視鏡の挿通位置が限定されてしまっていたが、本実施形態のように、広い範囲に亘って弾性壁部材90を設けることで、内視鏡16の挿通位置の自由度が向上される。その結果、内視鏡16の挿通位置の選択を含めたトレーニングを行うことも可能となり、より実際の手術に近い状態のトレーニングを行うことができる。 In the orthopedic technique training apparatus 10 of the present embodiment having the structure as described above, a part of the wall portion 46 of the water tank 14 is constituted by the elastic wall member 90. An elastic wall member 90 is employed instead of the right vertical wall portion 28 constituting the . Therefore, the endoscope 16 can be inserted over a wider range than when a through hole for inserting the endoscope is provided in the hard vertical wall, and the endoscope 16 can be used during training. Even when moving 16 to a large extent, interference with the hard vertical wall portion is avoided. Furthermore, when a through-hole for insertion is provided in the hard vertical wall portion, the insertion position of the endoscope is limited. is provided, the flexibility of the insertion position of the endoscope 16 is improved. As a result, it is possible to perform training including selection of the insertion position of the endoscope 16, and training can be performed in a state closer to actual surgery.
 さらに、弾性壁部材90に対して、内視鏡16に先行して穿孔部材(ダイレータ184及びシース186)を穿刺して、内視鏡16の挿通用孔188を形成することが可能である。一般に、実際の手術においてもこのような穿孔部材(ダイレータやシース等)が採用されることから、より実際の手術に近い状態のトレーニングを行うことができる。この挿通用孔188は、内視鏡16及び穿孔部材(シース186)の抜去に伴い、弾性壁部材90の弾性に基づいて直ちに閉鎖されることから、挿通用孔188を通じた水槽14中の水18の漏出が防止され得る。 Furthermore, it is possible to pierce the elastic wall member 90 with a piercing member (the dilator 184 and the sheath 186) prior to the endoscope 16 to form the insertion hole 188 for the endoscope 16. Since such perforating members (dilators, sheaths, etc.) are generally used in actual surgery, training can be performed in a state that is closer to actual surgery. Since the insertion hole 188 is immediately closed due to the elasticity of the elastic wall member 90 as the endoscope 16 and the perforating member (sheath 186) are removed, the water in the water tank 14 is prevented from flowing through the insertion hole 188. 18 leakage can be prevented.
 また、本実施形態の弾性壁部材90は、水槽14における周壁部26の一部を構成しているだけでなく、弾性壁部材90の上側部分は湾曲壁部96とされて、水槽14の上方開口部22を部分的に覆っている。これにより、例えば弾性壁部材90における湾曲壁部96にも内視鏡16を挿通することができて、前記図17(b)に示すように、トランスフォラミナル法のトレーニングを行うこともできる。また、弾性壁部材90が上方開口部22まで覆うことで、上方開口部22からの水18の漏出も効果的に防止することができる。 In addition, the elastic wall member 90 of this embodiment not only constitutes a part of the peripheral wall portion 26 of the water tank 14 , but also the upper portion of the elastic wall member 90 is formed as a curved wall portion 96 so as to extend upward from the water tank 14 . It partially covers the opening 22 . As a result, the endoscope 16 can be passed through the curved wall portion 96 of the elastic wall member 90, for example, and the transforaminal training can be performed as shown in FIG. 17(b). In addition, since the elastic wall member 90 covers up to the upper opening 22, leakage of the water 18 from the upper opening 22 can be effectively prevented.
 さらに、本実施形態では、水槽14の周壁部26が4つの竪壁部28から構成される矩形筒形状とており、そのうちの1つの竪壁部28(右側の竪壁部28)に代えて弾性壁部材90が配されている。これにより、例えば骨格モデル12の側方に弾性壁部材90を設けることができて、例えば患者に対して側方に立って施術を行うことを想定したトレーニングを行うことができる。尤も、トレーニングを行いたい手技に応じて、骨格モデルに対して前方や後方に弾性壁部材が設けられてもよい。このように、周壁部26が矩形筒形状とされることで、周壁部26、ひいては整形手技トレーニング装置10のコンパクト化が図られる。 Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the peripheral wall portion 26 of the water tank 14 has a rectangular cylindrical shape composed of four vertical wall portions 28, and instead of one of the vertical wall portions 28 (right vertical wall portion 28) An elastic wall member 90 is arranged. As a result, for example, the elastic wall member 90 can be provided on the side of the skeleton model 12, and training can be performed on the assumption that the patient will be treated while standing on the side. Of course, elastic wall members may be provided anteriorly or posteriorly with respect to the skeletal model, depending on the procedure to be trained. By forming the peripheral wall portion 26 into a rectangular cylindrical shape in this manner, the peripheral wall portion 26 and thus the orthopedic technique training apparatus 10 can be made compact.
 更にまた、本実施形態では、弾性壁部材90が長さ方向(上下方向)での引張状態で水槽14に装着されていると共に、水槽14における弾性壁部材90の装着位置にはエッジ状当接部52が設けられている。これにより、水槽14における開口部分48が弾性壁部材90により効果的にシールされて、開口部分48を通じた水18の漏出が防止され得る。特に、弾性壁部材90には上端辺部及び下端辺部に、それぞれ上側ロッド98と下側ロッド100が設けられており、これら上下ロッド98,100により弾性壁部材90を引張状態としつつ水槽14に装着することで、水槽14に対して容易に弾性壁部材90を装着することができる。 Furthermore, in this embodiment, the elastic wall member 90 is attached to the water tank 14 in a state of tension in the length direction (vertical direction), and the attachment position of the elastic wall member 90 in the water tank 14 is in edge-like abutment. A portion 52 is provided. As a result, the opening 48 in the water tank 14 can be effectively sealed by the elastic wall member 90 to prevent leakage of the water 18 through the opening 48 . In particular, the elastic wall member 90 is provided with an upper rod 98 and a lower rod 100 at its upper and lower end portions, respectively. By attaching the elastic wall member 90 to the water tank 14, the elastic wall member 90 can be easily attached.
 また、本実施形態では、右側の竪壁部28の全体に亘って開口部分48が設けられており、前後両側の竪壁部28a,28bにおける右側の端縁部においてそれぞれエッジ状当接部52が設けられている。これにより、開口部分48の幅方向寸法を大きく確保できると共に、前後両側の竪壁部28a,28bを巧く利用してエッジ状当接部52を構成することができる。更に、かかる各エッジ状当接部52に対して弾性壁部材90が重ね合わされた状態において、弾性壁部材90の外側に押圧機構108が設けられており、弾性壁部材90が各エッジ状当接部52に対して押圧されている。これにより、弾性壁部材90による開口部分48のシール性が一層向上され得る。 In addition, in this embodiment, the opening portion 48 is provided over the entire right vertical wall portion 28, and the edge-like abutting portions 52 are formed at the right edge portions of the front and rear vertical wall portions 28a and 28b, respectively. is provided. As a result, a large width dimension of the opening portion 48 can be ensured, and the edge-like abutting portion 52 can be configured by skillfully utilizing the vertical wall portions 28a and 28b on both the front and rear sides. Furthermore, in a state in which the elastic wall member 90 is superimposed on each of the edge-like contact portions 52, a pressing mechanism 108 is provided outside the elastic wall member 90 so that the elastic wall member 90 can be brought into contact with each edge-like contact portion. It is pressed against the portion 52 . Thereby, the sealing performance of the opening portion 48 by the elastic wall member 90 can be further improved.
 更にまた、本実施形態の弾性壁部材90では、内視鏡16の挿通予定位置を示す目視可能な位置マーカーが表示可能である。これにより、内視鏡16を適切な位置から挿通することができて、トレーニングの効果をより確実に享受することができる。また、水槽14の壁部46における上壁部30及び周壁部26(各竪壁部28)は何れも透明の材質により形成されており、外部から内視鏡16の操作を視認することもできる。これによって、例えば教官の操作を外部から確認したり、自身の操作を外部から録画したりすることもできることから、トレーニングの様子を容易に確認等することができる。 Furthermore, in the elastic wall member 90 of the present embodiment, a visible position marker indicating the planned insertion position of the endoscope 16 can be displayed. As a result, the endoscope 16 can be inserted from an appropriate position, and the effects of the training can be enjoyed more reliably. In addition, the upper wall portion 30 and the peripheral wall portion 26 (each vertical wall portion 28) of the wall portion 46 of the water tank 14 are both made of a transparent material, so that the operation of the endoscope 16 can be visually recognized from the outside. . As a result, for example, the instructor's operation can be confirmed from the outside, and the own operation can be recorded from the outside, so that the state of the training can be easily confirmed.
 さらに、水槽14において骨格モデル12を浸漬させるのに必要な水18の規定水位が設定されてもよく、本実施形態では、特に規定水位は設定されていないが、水槽14の上端部分付近まで水18が収容されており、水槽14の上端部分を規定水位とすることも可能である。また、弾性壁部材90は、この規定水位(本実施形態では水槽14の上端部分)よりも下方まで設けられており、本実施形態では、水槽14の底壁部24よりも下方に突出している。これにより、内視鏡16を、人体の側方や下方にまで広がる広い領域において差し入れることを想定してトレーニングすることができる。そして、弾性壁部材90に内視鏡16を挿通した際に、空気層を介することなく水18中に内視鏡16を差し入れることができることから、より実際の手術に即したトレーニングを行うことができる。 Furthermore, a specified water level of the water 18 necessary for immersing the skeletal model 12 in the water tank 14 may be set. 18 is accommodated, and it is also possible to set the upper end portion of the water tank 14 to a specified water level. The elastic wall member 90 is provided below the specified water level (in this embodiment, the upper end portion of the water tank 14), and in this embodiment, it protrudes below the bottom wall portion 24 of the water tank 14. . As a result, the endoscope 16 can be trained assuming that it will be inserted in a wide area extending laterally and downwardly of the human body. Further, when the endoscope 16 is inserted through the elastic wall member 90, the endoscope 16 can be inserted into the water 18 without passing through an air layer, so that training more suitable for actual surgery can be performed. can be done.
 また、本実施形態の整形手技トレーニング装置10によれば、水槽14の下方に、より大きな受槽106が設けられている。これにより、例えばトレーニングの際に内視鏡16を大きく動かすことで水槽14中の水18が漏出した場合にも、漏出した水18を受槽106で受けることができて、整形手技トレーニング装置10の外部への水18の漏出が防止され得る。それ故、整形手技トレーニング装置10の設置場所の自由度の向上も図られる。 Further, according to the plastic surgery training device 10 of the present embodiment, a larger receiving tank 106 is provided below the water tank 14 . As a result, for example, even if the water 18 in the water tank 14 leaks by moving the endoscope 16 greatly during training, the leaked water 18 can be received by the receiving tank 106, and the orthopedic training apparatus 10 can be used. Leakage of the water 18 to the outside can be prevented. Therefore, it is possible to improve the flexibility of the installation location of the orthopedic training device 10 .
 さらに、本実施形態では、水槽14の各水槽脚部78に位置決め凹部80が設けられていると共に、受槽106における底壁110には各位置決め凹部80に嵌まり込む位置決め凸部124が設けられており、これら各位置決め凹部80と位置決め凸部124とにより、水槽14と受槽106とを水平方向で位置決めする位置決め機構127が構成されている。これにより、例えばトレーニング中に受槽106に対して水槽14が水平方向で意図せず変位することが防止されて、トレーニングをより集中して行うこと等が可能になる。 Furthermore, in this embodiment, each water tank leg 78 of the water tank 14 is provided with a positioning recess 80, and the bottom wall 110 of the receiving tank 106 is provided with a positioning protrusion 124 that fits into each of the positioning recesses 80. A positioning mechanism 127 for positioning the water tank 14 and the receiving tank 106 in the horizontal direction is constituted by the positioning concave portions 80 and the positioning convex portions 124 . As a result, for example, it is possible to prevent the water tank 14 from being displaced horizontally with respect to the receiving tank 106 during training, so that the training can be performed more concentratedly.
 特に、本実施形態では、水槽14と受槽106の周壁112における右側の壁部とにより弾性壁部材90及び押圧機構108(押圧プレート130及び各ノブ134)を挟み込んで押圧機構108による弾性壁部材90の押圧を実現していることから、水槽14が水平方向で変位不能とされることで、弾性壁部材90の水槽14への押圧及び水槽14からの水18の漏出防止がより確実に達成され得る。 In particular, in the present embodiment, the elastic wall member 90 and the pressing mechanism 108 (the pressing plate 130 and the knobs 134) are sandwiched between the water tank 14 and the right wall portion of the peripheral wall 112 of the receiving tank 106, and the elastic wall member 90 is pressed by the pressing mechanism 108. Since the water tank 14 cannot be displaced in the horizontal direction, the pressing of the elastic wall member 90 against the water tank 14 and the prevention of leakage of the water 18 from the water tank 14 are achieved more reliably. obtain.
 更にまた、本実施形態では、受槽106において貯留可能な液体の容積が、トレーニングに際して水槽14において貯留される規定の水量以上とされていることから、仮にトレーニングの最中に水槽14中の水18が流出したとしても、その全量を受槽106で受けることができて、整形手技トレーニング装置10の外部への水18の漏出がより確実に防止され得る。 Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the volume of liquid that can be stored in the receiving tank 106 is set to be equal to or greater than the specified amount of water stored in the water tank 14 during training. Even if the water flows out, the entire amount of the water can be received by the receiving tank 106, and the leakage of the water 18 to the outside of the plastic surgery training apparatus 10 can be prevented more reliably.
 特に、本実施形態では、水槽14に開閉可能な水槽排水口86が設けられていると共に、受槽106に開閉可能な受槽排水口118が設けられている。これにより、例えばトレーニングの終了後、水槽排水口86を開状態とすることで、水槽14中の水18を受槽106中に排出することができる。そして、受槽106は、水槽14における規定以上の水18を受けることができることから、1度の排水で水槽14中の水18を受槽106に移動させることができる。それ故、受槽106が規定の水量以上を貯留可能とされることで、トレーニング終了後の排水効率の向上も図られる。また、水18を受槽106に排出した後、水槽14を取り外すことで受槽106のみを持ち運ぶことができて、受槽106中の水18をこぼすことなくより安全に排水することができる。 In particular, in this embodiment, the water tank 14 is provided with an openable and closable water tank drain port 86, and the receiving tank 106 is provided with an openable and closable water tank drain port 118. As a result, for example, after training, the water 18 in the water tank 14 can be discharged into the receiving tank 106 by opening the water tank drain port 86 . Since the receiving tank 106 can receive the water 18 in excess of the prescribed amount in the water tank 14, the water 18 in the water tank 14 can be moved to the receiving tank 106 by one time drainage. Therefore, by allowing the water receiving tank 106 to store more than a specified amount of water, it is possible to improve the drainage efficiency after training. Also, after the water 18 is discharged to the receiving tank 106, only the receiving tank 106 can be carried by removing the water tank 14, and the water 18 in the receiving tank 106 can be drained more safely without spilling.
 また、水槽14における各水槽脚部78と受槽106における各位置決め凸部124には、それぞれ永久磁石82,126が設けられてもよい。このような永久磁石82,126により、水槽14と受槽106とが装着状態に保持されて、トレーニング中における水槽14のガタツキ等が防止され得る。更に、トレーニング後においても、例えば受槽106中に水18を排水した際に、受槽106からの水槽14の意図しない浮き上がりが防止され得る。 Further, permanent magnets 82 and 126 may be provided on each of the water tank legs 78 of the water tank 14 and on each of the positioning projections 124 of the receiving tank 106, respectively. Such permanent magnets 82 and 126 hold the water tank 14 and the receiving tank 106 in an attached state, thereby preventing the water tank 14 from wobbling or the like during training. Furthermore, even after training, for example, when the water 18 is drained into the water reservoir 106 , the water tank 14 can be prevented from unintentionally floating up from the water reservoir 106 .
 次に、図18~22には、本発明の第2の実施形態としての整形手技トレーニング装置200が示されている。本実施形態の整形手技トレーニング装置200は、第1の実施形態における整形手技トレーニング装置10と略同様の水槽14を有しているが、第1の実施形態に対して、骨格モデル12を水槽14の内部に位置決め支持するモデル支持部の構造や、弾性壁部材90を外方から押圧する押圧機構の構造が異ならされている。なお、以下の記載において、前記実施形態と実質的に同一の部材及び部位には、図中に、前記実施形態と同一の符号を付すことにより詳細な説明を省略する。 Next, FIGS. 18 to 22 show an orthopedic training device 200 as a second embodiment of the present invention. The orthopedic technique training apparatus 200 of this embodiment has a water tank 14 substantially similar to that of the orthopedic technique training apparatus 10 of the first embodiment. The structure of the model supporting portion that positions and supports the inside of the model and the structure of the pressing mechanism that presses the elastic wall member 90 from the outside are different. In the following description, members and parts that are substantially the same as those of the above embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals as those of the above embodiment, and detailed explanation thereof will be omitted.
 より詳細には、本実施形態の整形手技トレーニング装置200は、水槽14の内部において、骨格モデル12を複数の異なる位置へ移動可能に且つ固定的に設定するモデル位置設定機構202を備えている。このモデル位置設定機構202による骨格モデル12の移動によって、水槽14の壁部46に設けられる内視鏡16の挿通用孔188から骨格モデル12までの距離が変更可能とされている。 More specifically, the plastic surgery training device 200 of this embodiment includes a model position setting mechanism 202 that movably and fixedly sets the skeletal model 12 to a plurality of different positions inside the water tank 14 . By moving the skeleton model 12 by the model position setting mechanism 202, the distance from the endoscope 16 insertion hole 188 provided in the wall portion 46 of the water tank 14 to the skeleton model 12 can be changed.
 特に本実施形態では、水槽14の内部において骨格モデル12が着脱可能なベース部材204が設けられており、ベース部材204を水平方向で移動可能に案内するガイド機構206と、ベース部材204をガイド機構206による移動方向において複数位置で位置決めするロック機構208とを含んで、モデル位置設定機構202が構成されている。従って、本実施形態では、骨格モデル12を水槽14の内部に位置決め支持するモデル支持部210が、モデル位置設定機構202(特にロック機構208)及びベース部材204を含んで構成されている。 Particularly in this embodiment, a base member 204 to which the skeletal model 12 can be attached and detached is provided inside the water tank 14. A guide mechanism 206 guides the base member 204 so as to be movable in the horizontal direction. A model position setting mechanism 202 is configured including a lock mechanism 208 for positioning at a plurality of positions in the direction of movement by 206 . Accordingly, in this embodiment, the model support section 210 that positions and supports the skeleton model 12 inside the water tank 14 includes the model position setting mechanism 202 (especially the lock mechanism 208 ) and the base member 204 .
 具体的には、図23に示されるように、ベース部材204は、全体として略矩形プレート状の部材であり、合成樹脂により形成されている。このベース部材204は、底壁部24に対して前後方向が長手方向となる向きで配置されており、前後方向中間部分には、骨格モデル12のブラケット152が装着される装着部212が設けられていると共に、前後方向両端部には、左右方向で貫通するガイド孔214が設けられている。 Specifically, as shown in FIG. 23, the base member 204 is a substantially rectangular plate-shaped member as a whole, and is made of synthetic resin. The base member 204 is arranged with the front-rear direction being the longitudinal direction with respect to the bottom wall portion 24, and a mounting portion 212 to which the bracket 152 of the skeleton model 12 is mounted is provided at the middle portion in the front-rear direction. In addition, guide holes 214 penetrating in the left-right direction are provided at both ends in the front-rear direction.
 装着部212は、上方に開口する略矩形の凹部であり、所定の大きさの開口部を有している。すなわち、装着部212における上方開口部216の幅方向(左右方向)寸法A(図23参照)は、ブラケット152の幅方向寸法B(前述の図14参照)と等しいか僅かに大きくされている。また、上方開口部216の長さ方向(前後方向)寸法C(図23参照)は、ブラケット152における上段部分の長さ方向寸法D(前述の図13参照)と等しいか僅かに大きくされていると共に、ブラケット152における下段部分の最大長さ寸法E(各係合突部156の形成位置における最大前後方向寸法、図13参照)よりも僅かに小さくされている。そして、図23~25に示されるように、装着部212における前後方向両側の壁部217a,217bの下方部分には、ブラケット152における前方側の係合突部156が嵌め入れられる固定溝218及び後方側の係合突部156が嵌め入れられる固定溝220が設けられている。なお、装着部212の底壁には複数の水抜孔222が設けられており、使用後の整形手技トレーニング装置200において、装着部212からの水18の排水を容易に行うことができるようになっている。更に、装着部212における後方側の壁部217bの左右方向中央部分には開口部223が設けられており、後述するように、装着部212に装着されるブラケット152に対して、開口部223を通じて後方からばね部226における突出先端部228が弾性的に当接可能とされている。 The mounting part 212 is a substantially rectangular recess opening upward and has an opening of a predetermined size. That is, the widthwise (lateral) dimension A (see FIG. 23) of the upper opening 216 of the mounting portion 212 is equal to or slightly larger than the widthwise dimension B of the bracket 152 (see FIG. 14). In addition, the lengthwise (forward and backward) dimension C (see FIG. 23) of the upper opening 216 is equal to or slightly larger than the lengthwise dimension D (see FIG. 13) of the upper portion of the bracket 152. At the same time, it is slightly smaller than the maximum length dimension E of the lower portion of the bracket 152 (maximum front-to-rear dimension at the position where each engaging projection 156 is formed, see FIG. 13). As shown in FIGS. 23 to 25, fixed grooves 218 into which the front-side engagement protrusions 156 of the bracket 152 are fitted are provided in the lower portions of the wall portions 217a and 217b on both sides in the front-rear direction of the mounting portion 212. A fixing groove 220 is provided in which the engaging protrusion 156 on the rear side is fitted. A plurality of drainage holes 222 are provided in the bottom wall of the mounting section 212, so that the water 18 can be easily drained from the mounting section 212 in the orthopedic training apparatus 200 after use. ing. Further, an opening 223 is provided in the left-right central portion of the wall portion 217b on the rear side of the mounting portion 212. As will be described later, a bracket 152 mounted on the mounting portion 212 is provided through the opening 223. A projecting distal end portion 228 of the spring portion 226 can be elastically contacted from behind.
 また、ベース部材204において、装着部212の後方には、装着部212に装着されたブラケット152を固定するブラケット固定機構224が設けられている。ブラケット固定機構224は、ベース部材204に一体的に設けられて前後方向で弾性変形可能なばね部226を備えており、ばね部226の突出先端部分にはブラケット152における後方側の係合突部156に当接可能な突出先端部228が設けられている。なお、突出先端部228には、後方に突出する略半球状の後方突出部230が設けられている。更に、ブラケット固定機構224は、左右方向でスライド変位可能でブラケット152の固定と固定解除を切り換える固定切換部232を有している。固定切換部232は、上方に突出すると共に使用者が摘まんで操作することが可能な摘まみ部234と、摘まみ部234に一体的に設けられてばね部226における突出先端部228に後方から当接することが可能な当接部236とを備えている。 A bracket fixing mechanism 224 for fixing the bracket 152 attached to the mounting portion 212 is provided on the base member 204 behind the mounting portion 212 . The bracket fixing mechanism 224 is provided integrally with the base member 204 and has a spring portion 226 that is elastically deformable in the front-rear direction. A protruding tip 228 is provided that can abut against 156 . A substantially hemispherical rear protrusion 230 that protrudes rearward is provided on the protruding distal end 228 . Further, the bracket fixing mechanism 224 has a fixation switching portion 232 which is slidable in the left-right direction and switches between fixation and release of the bracket 152 . The fixed switching portion 232 includes a knob portion 234 that protrudes upward and can be operated by the user by pinching it, and a knob portion 234 that is integrally provided with the knob portion 234 and is attached to a protruding tip portion 228 of the spring portion 226 from behind. and a contact portion 236 that can be brought into contact.
 これにより、図23,25に示されるように、装着部212にブラケット152が装着された状態において、摘まみ部234を摘まんで当接部236を右方にスライド変位させて、当接部236をばね部226における突出先端部228に後方から当接させることで、各固定溝218,220に嵌め入れられた各係合突部156の前後方向両端部が、前方の固定溝218の内面と突出先端部228とにより前後方向で挟持されて、装着部212に対してブラケット152が固定されるようになっている。特に、突出先端部228には、後方に突出する後方突出部230が設けられており、当該後方突出部230において突出先端部228と当接部236とが当接することで、当接部236が小さな押圧面をもって突出先端部228を前方への突出位置に保持する。これにより、前方の固定溝218と突出先端部228間でのブラケット152の支持力、要するに装着部212に対するブラケット152の固定力が向上されるようになっている。なお、突出先端部228は、初期状態(当接部236を左方にスライド変位させる前の状態)において、図25に示される位置にあってもよいし、当接部236を左方にスライド変位させて突出先端部228に後方から当接させることで、突出先端部228が前方へ押し出されて図25に示される位置に移動するようになっていてもよい。 23 and 25, in a state where the bracket 152 is attached to the attachment portion 212, the contact portion 236 is slid rightward by pinching the knob portion 234 and displacing the contact portion 236. is brought into contact with the protruding distal end portion 228 of the spring portion 226 from behind, so that the front and rear ends of the engaging protrusions 156 fitted in the fixing grooves 218 and 220 are aligned with the inner surfaces of the front fixing grooves 218. The bracket 152 is fixed to the mounting portion 212 by being clamped in the front-rear direction by the projecting tip portion 228 . In particular, the protruding distal end portion 228 is provided with a rear protruding portion 230 that protrudes rearward. A small pressing surface holds the protruding tip 228 in the forward protruding position. As a result, the supporting force of the bracket 152 between the front fixing groove 218 and the projecting tip portion 228, in other words, the fixing force of the bracket 152 to the mounting portion 212 is improved. 25 in the initial state (the state before the contact portion 236 is slid leftward), or the contact portion 236 is slid leftward. By displacing and contacting the protruding tip 228 from behind, the protruding tip 228 may be pushed forward to move to the position shown in FIG. 25 .
 また、図24,25に示されるように、ベース部材204の前後方向両端部に設けられる各ガイド孔214は、長さ方向の全長に亘って一定の略円形状で延びている。また、各ガイド孔214の内周面には、内周側(径方向内方)に突出する略板状の凸部(ガイド孔側凸部)238が設けられている。このガイド孔側凸部238は、ガイド孔214内で略弦月形の板状で周方向に延びており、径方向の突出高さはガイド孔214へ挿通される後述のガイドロッド240の外周面と接するか僅かに至らない高さとされている。なお、かかるガイド孔側凸部238の板厚(ガイド孔214の軸方向における厚さ寸法)は、突出方向先端側(ガイド孔214の内周側)の先端部分が突出方向基端部分よりも小さくされることが望ましい。 Also, as shown in FIGS. 24 and 25, each guide hole 214 provided at both ends in the front-rear direction of the base member 204 extends in a substantially circular shape over the entire length in the length direction. A substantially plate-like projection (guide-hole-side projection) 238 is provided on the inner peripheral surface of each guide hole 214 and protrudes toward the inner peripheral side (inward in the radial direction). The guide hole-side convex portion 238 extends in the circumferential direction in a substantially crescent-shaped plate shape within the guide hole 214 , and the height of the projection in the radial direction is equal to the outer circumference of a guide rod 240 to be inserted into the guide hole 214 , which will be described later. It is said to be at a height that touches the surface or barely reaches. The plate thickness of the guide hole-side protrusion 238 (thickness dimension in the axial direction of the guide hole 214) is such that the tip portion on the tip side in the projection direction (the inner peripheral side of the guide hole 214) is thicker than the base end portion in the projection direction. Smaller is desirable.
 かかるガイド孔側凸部238は、ガイド孔214内に少なくとも一つ形成されていれば良いが、好適にはガイド孔214の長さ方向(左右方向)で相互に離隔して複数形成される(例えば3~10個)。ガイド孔側凸部238を複数設ける場合には、後述するように各ガイド孔側凸部238がガイドロッド240に形成されるガイドロッド側凸部250の軸方向間(凹部252)に嵌まり込んで咬み合うようにピッチ(間隔)が設定されることとなる。 At least one such guide hole-side protrusion 238 may be formed in the guide hole 214, but preferably a plurality of such guide hole-side protrusions 238 are formed separated from each other in the length direction (horizontal direction) of the guide hole 214 ( 3 to 10, for example). When a plurality of guide hole-side protrusions 238 are provided, each guide hole-side protrusion 238 is fitted between guide rod-side protrusions 250 formed on the guide rod 240 in the axial direction (recesses 252), as will be described later. The pitch (interval) is set so that they mesh with each other.
 一方、水槽14の底壁部24には、互いに平行に延びる複数本(本実施形態では一対)のガイドロッド240,240が固定的に取り付けられている。これら各ガイドロッド240は、それぞれ左右方向に延びており、前後方向で所定の距離を隔てて対向している。各ガイドロッド240は、長さ方向(左右方向)両端部が固定部材242によって中心軸回りで回転可能且つ位置固定に支持されている。左右方向両側の各固定部材242は、水槽14に対してボルト等で固着されることで、各ガイドロッド240が各固定部材242を介して水槽14に取り付けられている。なお、各ガイドロッド240の左端部は左側の固定部材242を貫通して左方に突出しており、当該各ガイドロッド240の左端部には、当該各ガイドロッド240を手動で中心軸回りに回転操作させることのできるレバー部244が一体的に設けられている。また、本実施形態のガイドロッド240は、長さ方向の全長に延びる金属製の芯棒246の周囲に合成樹脂層を被覆状態で固着した複合構造とされている。これにより、各ガイドロッド240の剛性向上と共に、外周面の形状設定自由度の向上が図られている。 On the other hand, a plurality (a pair in this embodiment) of guide rods 240, 240 extending parallel to each other are fixedly attached to the bottom wall portion 24 of the water tub 14. As shown in FIG. Each of these guide rods 240 extends in the left-right direction and faces each other with a predetermined distance therebetween in the front-rear direction. Each guide rod 240 is rotatably supported by fixing members 242 at both ends in the length direction (left and right direction) and fixed in position. The fixing members 242 on both sides in the left-right direction are fixed to the water tank 14 with bolts or the like, so that the guide rods 240 are attached to the water tank 14 via the fixing members 242 . The left end of each guide rod 240 penetrates the left fixing member 242 and protrudes leftward. An operable lever portion 244 is integrally provided. Further, the guide rod 240 of this embodiment has a composite structure in which a synthetic resin layer is fixed around a metal core rod 246 extending over the entire length in a covering state. As a result, the rigidity of each guide rod 240 is improved, and the degree of freedom in setting the shape of the outer peripheral surface is improved.
 これら各ガイドロッド240は、一定の略円形の断面形状をもってストレートに延びており、各ガイド孔214の内周面よりも一回り小さな外周面形状とされていると共に、外周面における周方向の一箇所(図24中の下側部分及び図25中の上側部分)には、弦方向に延びる平坦面248が形成されており、かかる平坦面248が軸方向全長に亘って面取り状に広がっている。また、ガイドロッド240の外周面には、平坦面248を周方向に外れた部分において、外周側に突出する複数の凸部(ガイドロッド側凸部)250が設けられている。このガイドロッド側凸部250は、略板状乃至はフランジ状で周方向に延びており、周方向の両端部分は平坦面248に近づくに従って突出高さが次第に小さくされている。 Each of these guide rods 240 extends straight with a constant substantially circular cross-sectional shape, and has an outer peripheral surface shape that is one size smaller than the inner peripheral surface of each guide hole 214. A flat surface 248 extending in the chord direction is formed at locations (lower portion in FIG. 24 and upper portion in FIG. 25), and such flat surface 248 spreads over the entire length in the axial direction in a chamfered manner. . Further, the outer peripheral surface of the guide rod 240 is provided with a plurality of protrusions (guide rod-side protrusions) 250 that protrude to the outer peripheral side at portions that are circumferentially out of the flat surface 248 . The guide-rod-side projection 250 has a substantially plate-like or flange-like shape and extends in the circumferential direction.
 ガイドロッド側凸部250の突出高さは、ガイドロッド側凸部250の形成位置における外径寸法がベース部材204のガイド孔214の内径寸法と同じか僅かに小さくなるように設定される。そして、ガイドロッド側凸部250が略一定の突出高さ(外径寸法)をもって半周以上に亘って周方向に延びていることで、多数のガイドロッド側凸部250の外周面によって協働して、ベース部材204のガイド孔214の内周面に摺接して該ベース部材204を軸方向へ移動可能に案内する案内面が構成されている。 The protrusion height of the guide rod side protrusion 250 is set so that the outer diameter dimension at the formation position of the guide rod side protrusion 250 is the same as or slightly smaller than the inner diameter dimension of the guide hole 214 of the base member 204 . Since the guide-rod-side protrusions 250 extend in the circumferential direction over more than half the circumference with a substantially constant protrusion height (outer diameter dimension), the outer peripheral surfaces of the many guide-rod-side protrusions 250 cooperate with each other. In addition, a guide surface is formed that slides on the inner peripheral surface of the guide hole 214 of the base member 204 and guides the base member 204 so as to be movable in the axial direction.
 また、ガイドロッド側凸部250の厚さ寸法は、突出先端側が基端側よりも小さくされていると共に、周方向の両端部分では周方向端部に行くに従って次第に厚さ寸法が小さくされている。そして、かかるガイドロッド側凸部250は、ガイドロッド240の長さ方向で一定の間隔(ピッチ)で多数形成されている。これにより、ガイドロッド240の軸方向で隣り合うガイドロッド側凸部250,250間には、外周面に向かって開口して周方向に延びる凹部252が形成されている。また、各凹部252は、外周側に向かって次第に開口寸法(隣り合うガイドロッド側凸部250,250間の離隔距離)が大きくされている。 In addition, the thickness dimension of the guide rod side protrusion 250 is smaller on the protruding distal end side than on the proximal end side, and the thickness dimension is gradually reduced at both ends in the circumferential direction toward the ends in the circumferential direction. . A large number of such guide-rod-side protrusions 250 are formed at regular intervals (pitch) in the longitudinal direction of the guide rod 240 . As a result, a recess 252 that opens toward the outer peripheral surface and extends in the circumferential direction is formed between the guide rod- side protrusions 250 , 250 that are adjacent in the axial direction of the guide rod 240 . In addition, the opening dimension (separation distance between adjacent guide rod side protrusions 250, 250) of each recess 252 is gradually increased toward the outer peripheral side.
 かくの如き各ガイドロッド240がベース部材204における各ガイド孔214に挿通されている。そして、各ガイドロッド240と各ガイド孔214(ベース部材204)とを固定する場合には、図24,25に示されるように、各レバー部244を摘まみ、各ガイドロッド240を中心軸回りで回転させる。これにより、各ガイド孔側凸部238が各ガイドロッド240の凹部252へ入り込むように周方向へ相対移動することとなり、軸方向で隣り合うガイドロッド側凸部250,250間で各ガイド孔側凸部238を軸方向両側から挟み込むようにして咬み合った状態とされる。かかる咬み合い状態では、ガイド孔側凸部238に対してガイドロッド側凸部250,250が軸方向で重なって嵌まり合うことで、ガイドロッド240に対するガイド孔214(ベース部材204)の軸方向移動が阻止されて位置決め状態とされる。 Each guide rod 240 as described above is inserted through each guide hole 214 in the base member 204 . When fixing each guide rod 240 and each guide hole 214 (base member 204), as shown in FIGS. to rotate. As a result, each guide hole side protrusion 238 relatively moves in the circumferential direction so as to enter the recess 252 of each guide rod 240, and each guide hole side protrusion 238 is moved between the guide rod side protrusions 250, 250 adjacent in the axial direction. The projections 238 are sandwiched from both sides in the axial direction so as to engage with each other. In such an interlocking state, the guide rod- side protrusions 250 and 250 are axially overlapped with the guide hole-side protrusion 238 and fit together. Movement is blocked and a positioning state is established.
 一方、各ガイドロッド240と各ガイド孔214(ベース部材204)との固定を解除する場合には、図24,25において二点鎖線で示されるように、各レバー部244を摘まみ各ガイドロッド240を中心軸回りで回転させて、各ガイドロッド側凸部250をガイド孔側凸部238から周方向へ離脱させる。これにより、ガイド孔側凸部238がガイドロッド240の凹部252から抜け出して、ガイド孔側凸部238とガイドロッド側凸部250との軸方向の重なり状態での咬み合いによる軸方向での位置決めが解除され、各ガイドロッド240に対して各ガイド孔214(ベース部材204)が長さ方向で移動可能とされる。なお、かかる解除状態では、ガイド孔214のガイド孔側凸部238に対してガイドロッド240の平坦面248が径方向で離隔して対向位置するようになり、ガイド孔側凸部238のガイドロッド240への接触が回避されることで、ベース部材204のガイドロッド240に沿った移動が一層スムーズに実現されるようになっている。 On the other hand, to release the fixation between each guide rod 240 and each guide hole 214 (base member 204), each lever portion 244 is pinched and each guide rod is released, as indicated by the two-dot chain lines in FIGS. 240 is rotated around the central axis to disengage the guide rod-side projections 250 from the guide hole-side projections 238 in the circumferential direction. As a result, the guide hole-side protrusion 238 slips out of the recess 252 of the guide rod 240, and the guide hole-side protrusion 238 and the guide rod-side protrusion 250 are axially positioned by meshing in an overlapping state. is released, allowing each guide hole 214 (base member 204) to move in the longitudinal direction with respect to each guide rod 240. As shown in FIG. In this released state, the flat surface 248 of the guide rod 240 is radially spaced apart from the guide hole-side projection 238 of the guide hole 214 and faces the guide rod of the guide hole-side projection 238 . By avoiding contact with 240, movement of base member 204 along guide rod 240 is realized more smoothly.
 以上のことから、本実施形態では、ベース部材204を水平方向(上下方向に直交する方向のうち、特に左右方向)で移動可能に案内するガイド機構206が、各ガイドロッド240と、各ガイドロッド240が挿通される各ガイド孔214とを含んで構成されている。また、各ガイドロッド240を中心軸回りで回転させて各ガイドロッド240の外周面と各ガイド孔214の内周面とを咬み合わせることで各ガイドロッド240と各ガイド孔214とが固定されるようになっており、各ガイドロッド240に沿ったベース部材204の移動を阻止して固定可能とするロック機構208が、かかる咬み合い作用により構成されている。特に、各ガイド孔214の内周面には各ガイド孔側凸部238が設けられていると共に、各ガイドロッド240の外周面には各ガイドロッド側凸部250(各凹部252)が設けられており、各ガイド孔側凸部238が各凹部252に入り込んで各ガイドロッド240の外周面に咬み合うことにより上記咬み合い作用が発揮されるようになっている。これにより、ベース部材204をガイド機構206による移動方向(左右方向)で位置決めするロック機構208は、各ガイド孔側凸部238と各凹部252との嵌合作用によっても構成され得る。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the guide mechanism 206 for movably guiding the base member 204 in the horizontal direction (especially the horizontal direction among the directions perpendicular to the vertical direction) includes each guide rod 240 and each guide rod. Each guide hole 214 through which 240 is inserted is included. Each guide rod 240 and each guide hole 214 are fixed by rotating each guide rod 240 around the central axis and engaging the outer peripheral surface of each guide rod 240 with the inner peripheral surface of each guide hole 214 . The locking mechanism 208 that prevents the movement of the base member 204 along each guide rod 240 and makes it possible to fix the base member 204 is constituted by such a meshing action. In particular, each guide hole-side protrusion 238 is provided on the inner peripheral surface of each guide hole 214, and each guide rod-side protrusion 250 (each recess 252) is provided on the outer peripheral surface of each guide rod 240. Each guide hole-side projection 238 enters each recess 252 and meshes with the outer peripheral surface of each guide rod 240, thereby exhibiting the meshing action. Thus, the lock mechanism 208 that positions the base member 204 in the movement direction (horizontal direction) of the guide mechanism 206 can also be configured by the fitting action of the guide hole side protrusions 238 and the recesses 252 .
 さらに、本実施形態の整形手技トレーニング装置200において、弾性壁部材90をエッジ状当接部52に対して押し付けた状態で外方から押圧する押圧機構254は、弾性壁部材90と受槽106の周壁112との間に設けられている。図18~22にも示されるように、本実施形態の押圧機構254は、ブロック状の押圧部材256を含んで構成されている。押圧部材256は、好適には弾性を有する部材により形成されており、本実施形態では、高密度ポリエチレンや発泡ポリエチレンにより形成されている。なお、押圧部材256は、弾性壁部材90よりも変形剛性が大きくされることが好ましい。この押圧部材256は、略矩形または略台形断面を有しており、水槽14上に配置された状態においてある程度の左右方向寸法と前後方向寸法を有している。本実施形態では、押圧部材256の前後方向寸法が弾性壁部材90における前後方向寸法と略等しくされている。また、押圧部材256の左右方向寸法は、弾性壁部材90と受槽106における周壁112の右方の内面との離隔距離と略等しいか、それよりも僅かに大きくされている。 Furthermore, in the orthopedic technique training device 200 of the present embodiment, the pressing mechanism 254 that presses the elastic wall member 90 from the outside in a state of being pressed against the edge-like contact portion 52 includes the elastic wall member 90 and the peripheral wall of the reservoir 106. 112. As also shown in FIGS. 18 to 22, the pressing mechanism 254 of this embodiment includes a block-shaped pressing member 256 . The pressing member 256 is preferably made of an elastic member, and is made of high-density polyethylene or foamed polyethylene in this embodiment. The pressing member 256 preferably has deformation rigidity greater than that of the elastic wall member 90 . The pressing member 256 has a substantially rectangular or substantially trapezoidal cross section, and has a certain amount of lateral dimension and longitudinal dimension when placed on the water tub 14 . In this embodiment, the front-rear dimension of the pressing member 256 is substantially equal to the front-rear dimension of the elastic wall member 90 . The lateral dimension of the pressing member 256 is approximately equal to or slightly larger than the separation distance between the elastic wall member 90 and the right inner surface of the peripheral wall 112 of the receiving tank 106 .
 そして、本実施形態では、押圧部材256が、水槽14が受槽106に載置された状態において、弾性壁部材90と周壁112における右方部分との間に差し込まれて配置されている。特に、押圧部材256の左右方向寸法が弾性壁部材90と周壁112における右方の内面との離隔距離より大きくされていることから、押圧部材256が弾性壁部材90と周壁112における右方部分との間に配置されることで、弾性壁部材90及び/又は押圧部材256が左右方向で圧縮されて、弾性壁部材90の右方部分(右方平坦部92)が、弾性壁部材90と水槽14との間で挟持されている。これにより、押圧部材256が、弾性壁部材90を外方から押圧するように設けられている。 In this embodiment, the pressing member 256 is inserted between the elastic wall member 90 and the right portion of the peripheral wall 112 in a state where the water tank 14 is placed on the receiving tank 106 . In particular, since the lateral dimension of the pressing member 256 is larger than the separation distance between the elastic wall member 90 and the right inner surface of the peripheral wall 112 , the pressing member 256 is positioned between the elastic wall member 90 and the right portion of the peripheral wall 112 . By being arranged between the elastic wall member 90 and/or the pressing member 256, the elastic wall member 90 and/or the pressing member 256 are compressed in the left-right direction, and the right portion (the right flat portion 92) of the elastic wall member 90 moves between the elastic wall member 90 and the water tank. 14. Thus, the pressing member 256 is provided to press the elastic wall member 90 from the outside.
 以下、本実施形態の整形手技トレーニング装置200における使用方法の具体的な一例を、図26,27を示して説明する。即ち、図26(a)には、モデル位置設定機構202において、ロック機構208が解除されてベース部材204が各ガイドロッド240に沿って移動可能な状態が示されていると共に、図26(b)には、ロック機構208によりベース部材204が各ガイドロッド240に対して位置決めされた状態が示されている。また、図27(a)には、ブラケット固定機構224が作動しておらず、ブラケット152がベース部材204における装着部212から取外し可能な状態が示されていると共に、図27(b)には、ブラケット固定機構224によりブラケット152がベース部材204における装着部212に固定された状態が示されている。 A specific example of how to use the plastic surgery training device 200 of the present embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. That is, FIG. 26(a) shows a state in which the lock mechanism 208 is released in the model position setting mechanism 202 and the base member 204 can move along each guide rod 240, and FIG. ) shows a state in which the base member 204 is positioned with respect to each guide rod 240 by the lock mechanism 208 . 27(a) shows a state in which the bracket fixing mechanism 224 is not operating and the bracket 152 can be removed from the mounting portion 212 of the base member 204, and FIG. , the state in which the bracket 152 is fixed to the mounting portion 212 of the base member 204 by the bracket fixing mechanism 224 is shown.
 初期状態(トレーニングを行う前の準備状態)では、図26(a)に示されるようにロック機構208が解除されており、即ち各ガイド孔214における各ガイド孔側凸部238と各ガイドロッド240における平坦面248とが周方向で位置合わせされて、本実施形態では、各ガイド孔側凸部238と平坦面248とが前後方向で対向している。これにより、ベース部材204が、各ガイドロッド240の長さ方向(左右方向)で移動可能とされている。 In the initial state (preparatory state before training), the lock mechanism 208 is released as shown in FIG. In this embodiment, each guide hole-side convex portion 238 and the flat surface 248 face each other in the front-rear direction. This allows the base member 204 to move in the length direction (horizontal direction) of each guide rod 240 .
 かかる状態において(または、図26(b)に示されるようにロック機構208が作動した状態)において、図27(a)に示されるように、ベース部材204の装着部212にブラケット152を装着する。なお、装着部212における上方開口部216の前後方向寸法Cは、ブラケット152における最大の前後方向寸法Eより小さくされているが、ブラケット152を前後方向で傾斜させてブラケット152の後方の係合突部156を後方の固定溝220に嵌め入れた後に、当該嵌入部分を中心にブラケット152全体を回転させて前方を下げることで、装着部212にブラケット152を収容して、前方の係合突部156を前方の固定溝218に嵌め入れることができる。 In this state (or in a state where the locking mechanism 208 is activated as shown in FIG. 26(b)), the bracket 152 is mounted on the mounting portion 212 of the base member 204 as shown in FIG. 27(a). . The front-rear dimension C of the upper opening 216 of the mounting portion 212 is set smaller than the maximum front-rear dimension E of the bracket 152. After fitting the portion 156 into the rear fixing groove 220, the bracket 152 is accommodated in the mounting portion 212 by rotating the entire bracket 152 around the fitting portion and lowering the front, so that the front engaging protrusion is engaged. 156 can be fitted into the front locking groove 218 .
 具体的には、装着部212にブラケット152を装着する段階では、ばね部226の突出先端部228の後方に固定切換部232における当接部236が位置しておらず、突出先端部228はばね部226の弾性変形に伴って前後方向で変位可能である。それ故、後方の係合突部156を固定溝220に嵌め入れた状態でブラケット152を後方に押し込むことで、ブラケット152は図25に示される状態よりも距離:Fだけ後方に移動可能であり、それに伴って前方の係合突部156を前方の固定溝218に嵌め入れることができるようになる。より詳細には、ブラケット152の後方の係合突部156を後方の固定溝220に差し入れた状態でブラケット152を(ばね部226の付勢力に抗して)後方に押し込むことで、ブラケット152は、ブラケット152の上段部分と装着部212における後方の壁部217bとが当接するまで(距離:Fだけ)後方に移動することとなる。ここにおいて、ブラケット152の前方側における係合突部156の固定溝218への係合深さ:G(図24参照)が当該移動距離:Fより小さく(G<F)されていることから、ブラケット152を後方へ距離:Fだけ移動させることで、前方の係合突部156を固定溝218に嵌め入れる隙間がF-Gの大きさをもって形成されることとなる。なお、両側の固定溝218,220に両方の係合突部156,156が嵌め入れられた状態では、ブラケット152は、後方への移動が突出先端部228で弾性的に防止されることで、係合突部156,156の係合状態が保持されて意図しない脱落の防止が図られる。 Specifically, at the stage of mounting the bracket 152 to the mounting portion 212, the abutment portion 236 of the fixed switching portion 232 is not positioned behind the protruding tip portion 228 of the spring portion 226, and the protruding tip portion 228 is the spring. It can be displaced in the front-rear direction as the portion 226 is elastically deformed. Therefore, by pushing the bracket 152 rearward with the rear engaging projection 156 fitted in the fixing groove 220, the bracket 152 can be moved rearward by a distance F from the state shown in FIG. Accordingly, the front engaging protrusion 156 can be fitted into the front fixing groove 218 . More specifically, by pushing the bracket 152 rearward (against the urging force of the spring portion 226) with the rear engagement protrusion 156 of the bracket 152 inserted into the rear fixing groove 220, the bracket 152 is , until the upper portion of the bracket 152 and the rear wall portion 217b of the mounting portion 212 come into contact with each other (distance: F). Here, since the engagement depth G (see FIG. 24) of the engagement projection 156 on the front side of the bracket 152 with the fixed groove 218 is set smaller than the movement distance F (G<F), By moving the bracket 152 rearward by a distance F, a gap having a size of FG for fitting the front engaging protrusion 156 into the fixing groove 218 is formed. In a state in which both engaging projections 156 and 156 are fitted into the fixing grooves 218 and 220 on both sides, the rearward movement of the bracket 152 is elastically prevented by the protruding distal end portion 228, The engaged state of the engaging projections 156, 156 is maintained to prevent unintended dropping off.
 その後、図27(b)に示されるように、固定切換部232における摘まみ部234を摘まんで当接部236を右方に変位させて、当接部236をばね部226における突出先端部228に対して後方から当接させることで、突出先端部228によりブラケット152が前方へ押し出されて、ブラケット152の前方の係合突部156が固定溝218における前方の内面に突き当たる。これにより、ブラケット152における両側の係合突部156が前側の固定溝218の内面と突出先端部228との前後方向間で挟持されて、装着部212内でのブラケット152の移動が防止される。なお、装着部212からブラケット152を取り出す場合には装着とは逆の操作を行えばよく、即ち摘まみ部234を摘まんで当接部236を左方に変位させ、突出先端部228との当接を解除して、ばね部226(突出先端部228)を前後方向で弾性変形可能とする。これにより、ブラケット152を後方に変位させることができると共に、ブラケット152の後方への移動により前方の係合突部156を前方の固定溝218から抜け出させることができる。この状態で、例えばブラケット152の上端部分における前方端部に手指を掛けて引き起こすように操作することで、装着部212からブラケット152を取り出すことができる。 Thereafter, as shown in FIG. 27(b), the knob portion 234 of the fixed switching portion 232 is pinched to displace the contact portion 236 to the right, so that the contact portion 236 is moved to the projecting tip end portion 228 of the spring portion 226. , the bracket 152 is pushed forward by the projecting tip portion 228 , and the front engaging protrusion 156 of the bracket 152 hits the front inner surface of the fixing groove 218 . As a result, the engaging protrusions 156 on both sides of the bracket 152 are sandwiched between the inner surface of the front fixed groove 218 and the protruding distal end portion 228 in the front-rear direction, thereby preventing the bracket 152 from moving within the mounting portion 212. . In order to remove the bracket 152 from the mounting portion 212, it is sufficient to carry out the operation opposite to the mounting. By releasing the contact, the spring portion 226 (protruding distal end portion 228) can be elastically deformed in the front-rear direction. As a result, the bracket 152 can be displaced rearward, and the front engaging protrusion 156 can be pulled out of the front fixing groove 218 by moving the bracket 152 rearward. In this state, the bracket 152 can be taken out from the mounting portion 212 by, for example, putting a finger on the front end portion of the upper end portion of the bracket 152 and pulling it up.
 この状態で、ベース部材204を各ガイドロッド240に沿って左右方向で所望の位置まで移動させた後、図26(b)に示されるように、各ガイドロッド240の左端部に設けられた各レバー部244を操作して、各ガイドロッド240を中心軸回りで回転させる。これにより、各ガイド孔214の内部の各ガイド孔側凸部238が、各ガイドロッド240の凹部252に入り込み外周面と咬み合うことで各ガイドロッド240に対してベース部材204が固定され得る。即ち、本実施形態では、ベース部材204(骨格モデル12)を各ガイドロッド240の長さ方向で複数の位置に固定することができて、特に本実施形態では、各ガイドロッド240に対してベース部材204が移動可能な範囲において、任意の位置にベース部材204を固定することができる。 In this state, after moving the base member 204 to a desired position along each guide rod 240 in the left-right direction, as shown in FIG. By operating the lever portion 244, each guide rod 240 is rotated around the central axis. As a result, the guide hole-side protrusions 238 inside the guide holes 214 enter the recesses 252 of the guide rods 240 and mesh with the outer peripheral surface of the guide rods 240 , thereby fixing the base member 204 to the guide rods 240 . That is, in this embodiment, the base member 204 (skeletal model 12) can be fixed at a plurality of positions along the length of each guide rod 240. The base member 204 can be fixed at any position within the movable range of the member 204 .
 なお、本実施形態では、前述のように、各ガイド孔214における各ガイド孔側凸部238と各ガイドロッド240における各ガイドロッド側凸部238とが何れも突出先端側に向かって板厚寸法が小さくなる先細形状とされている。これにより、図26(a)のようにレバー部244が真っ直ぐ上方に向いている状態から、図25のようにレバー部244が斜めの状態を経由して、図26(b)のようにレバー部244が水平の状態に至るに際して、各ガイド孔側凸部238と各凹部252との位置にずれがあったとしても、両凸部238,250の各傾斜面による案内作用により各ガイド孔側凸部238が各凹部252に次第に入り込むようになっており、レバー部244を水平の状態とした図26(b)の状態では、各ガイド孔側凸部238が各凹部252内に確実に位置して各ガイドロッド240の外周面に咬み合うようになっている。 In the present embodiment, as described above, each guide hole-side convex portion 238 of each guide hole 214 and each guide rod-side convex portion 238 of each guide rod 240 both protrude toward the distal end side. is tapered so that the 26(a), the lever 244 is oriented straight upward, through a state in which the lever 244 is slanted as shown in FIG. When the portion 244 reaches a horizontal state, even if there is a positional deviation between each guide hole side protrusion 238 and each recess 252, the guiding action of the inclined surfaces of both protrusions 238 and 250 allows each guide hole side to move. The projections 238 are gradually inserted into the respective recesses 252, and in the state shown in FIG. As a result, it engages with the outer peripheral surface of each guide rod 240 .
 そして、このように各ガイドロッド240に対してブラケット152を装着したベース部材204を固定した後、ブラケット152に対して骨格モデル12が固定される。以降の操作は、第1の実施形態と同様であり、例えば前述の図17(a)に示されるインターラミナル法や図17(b)に示されるトランスフォラミナル法に従って、内視鏡16を用いた整形手技のトレーニングを行うことができる。 After fixing the base member 204 with the bracket 152 attached to each guide rod 240 in this way, the skeleton model 12 is fixed to the bracket 152 . Subsequent operations are the same as in the first embodiment, and the endoscope 16 is moved according to, for example, the interlaminar method shown in FIG. be trained in orthopedic techniques used.
 以上の如き構造とされた本実施形態の整形手技トレーニング装置200においても、水槽14の壁部46の少なくとも一部が、内視鏡16が挿通可能な弾性壁部材90により構成されていることから、前記第1の実施形態と同様の効果が発揮され得る。特に、本実施形態では、水槽14の内部においてモデル位置設定機構202により、骨格モデル12を複数の位置へ移動させることができ、内視鏡16が挿通される挿通用孔188から骨格モデル12までの距離や方向(角度)が変更可能とされている。これにより、例えば手術が想定される患者の体型や使用が想定される内視鏡の長さ等に応じて、挿通用孔188から骨格モデル12までの距離等を変更することができる。即ち、大柄な患者や長さの長い内視鏡を想定した場合、骨格モデル12を弾性壁部材90から離隔させて挿通用孔188から骨格モデル12までの距離を大きくしたり、細身な患者や長さの短い内視鏡を想定した場合、骨格モデル12を弾性壁部材90に接近させて挿通用孔188から骨格モデル12までの距離を小さくすることができる。これにより、患者毎の体型や使用する内視鏡の長さに合わせた、より実用的なトレーニングを行うことができる。 In the orthopedic technique training apparatus 200 of the present embodiment having the structure as described above, at least a part of the wall portion 46 of the water tank 14 is composed of the elastic wall member 90 through which the endoscope 16 can be inserted. , effects similar to those of the first embodiment can be exhibited. In particular, in this embodiment, the model position setting mechanism 202 can move the skeletal model 12 to a plurality of positions inside the water tank 14 . The distance and direction (angle) of are changeable. As a result, the distance from the insertion hole 188 to the skeleton model 12 can be changed according to, for example, the body type of a patient expected to undergo surgery, the length of the endoscope expected to be used, and the like. That is, when a large patient or a long endoscope is assumed, the skeleton model 12 is separated from the elastic wall member 90 to increase the distance from the insertion hole 188 to the skeleton model 12. Assuming a short endoscope, the skeleton model 12 can be brought closer to the elastic wall member 90 to reduce the distance from the insertion hole 188 to the skeleton model 12 . As a result, more practical training can be performed according to the body type of each patient and the length of the endoscope to be used.
 また、本実施形態では、モデル位置設定機構202が、ベース部材204を水平方向(特に左右方向)で移動可能に案内するガイド機構206と、水平方向(特に左右方向)の複数位置で位置決めするロック機構208とを含んで、モデル位置設定機構202が構成されている。これにより、骨格モデル12の移動に際しては、骨格モデル12自体ではなくベース部材204を移動させればよく、骨格モデル12の移動をより容易にできると共に、骨格モデル12の損傷のおそれも低減され得る。 In this embodiment, the model position setting mechanism 202 includes a guide mechanism 206 that guides the base member 204 so as to be movable in the horizontal direction (particularly in the lateral direction), and a lock that positions the base member 204 at a plurality of positions in the horizontal direction (particularly in the lateral direction). A model position setting mechanism 202 is configured including a mechanism 208 . As a result, when moving the skeleton model 12, it is sufficient to move the base member 204 instead of the skeleton model 12 itself, so that the movement of the skeleton model 12 can be made easier and the risk of damage to the skeleton model 12 can be reduced. .
 さらに、ガイド機構206が、一対のガイドロッド240,240と、各ガイドロッド240が挿通されるガイド孔214,214を含んで構成されており、各ガイドロッド240を中心軸回りで回転させて各ガイドロッド240の外周面と各ガイド孔214の内周面との咬み合わせることによってロック機構208が構成されるようになっている。即ち、各ガイドロッド240を中心軸回りで回転させるという簡単な操作により、ロック機構208によるロックと解除を容易に切り換えることができる。 Further, the guide mechanism 206 includes a pair of guide rods 240, 240 and guide holes 214, 214 through which the guide rods 240 are inserted. The locking mechanism 208 is configured by engaging the outer peripheral surface of the guide rod 240 with the inner peripheral surface of each guide hole 214 . That is, by a simple operation of rotating each guide rod 240 around the central axis, locking and unlocking by the lock mechanism 208 can be easily switched.
 特に、各ガイド孔214の内周面には複数のガイド孔側凸部238が設けられていると共に、各ガイドロッド240の外周面にも複数のガイドロッド側凸部250(凹部252)が設けられており、各ガイド孔側凸部238が各凹部252に入り込み、且つ各ガイドロッド240の外周面に食い込むことで、各ガイドロッド240に対して各ガイド孔214(ベース部材204)が位置決めされるようになっている。即ち、各ガイドロッド240の外周面と各ガイド孔214の内周面(各ガイド孔側凸部238)との咬み合い作用に加えて、各ガイド孔側凸部238が各凹部252に入り込むことによっても、各ガイドロッド240と各ガイド孔214(ベース部材204)との位置決めが達成されることから、各ガイドロッド240とベース部材204とをより強固に固定することができる。 In particular, a plurality of guide hole-side protrusions 238 are provided on the inner peripheral surface of each guide hole 214, and a plurality of guide rod-side protrusions 250 (recesses 252) are provided on the outer peripheral surface of each guide rod 240. Each guide hole 214 (base member 204) is positioned with respect to each guide rod 240 by each guide hole side protrusion 238 entering each recess 252 and biting into the outer peripheral surface of each guide rod 240. It has become so. That is, in addition to the action of engagement between the outer peripheral surface of each guide rod 240 and the inner peripheral surface of each guide hole 214 (each guide hole-side protrusion 238), each guide hole-side protrusion 238 enters each recess 252. Since the positioning of each guide rod 240 and each guide hole 214 (base member 204) is achieved also by the above, each guide rod 240 and base member 204 can be fixed more firmly.
 次に、図28には、本発明の第3の実施形態としての内視鏡による整形手技トレーニング装置260が示されている。前記第2の実施形態では、骨格モデル12におけるブラケット152が装着されるベース部材204が、各ガイドロッド240に沿って左右方向でスライド変位可能とされて任意の位置に固定可能とされていたが、本実施形態では、前記第1の実施形態におけるモデル支持部61が左右方向で相互に離隔する2箇所に設けられており、ブラケット152が、左右方向で相互に離隔する第1位置262と第2位置264とで選択的に装着可能とされている。即ち、本実施形態では、両モデル支持部61を含んで水槽14の内部において骨格モデル12を複数の異なる位置(第1位置262及び第2位置264)へ移動可能に且つ固定的に設定するモデル位置設定機構266が構成されている。なお、本実施形態におけるモデル支持部61は、前記第1の実施形態と同様の構造であることから、図中に、実施形態1と同一の符号を付すことで詳細な説明を省略する。 Next, FIG. 28 shows an endoscopic orthopedic training device 260 as a third embodiment of the present invention. In the second embodiment, the base member 204 to which the bracket 152 of the skeletal model 12 is attached is slidable in the lateral direction along each guide rod 240 and can be fixed at an arbitrary position. In the present embodiment, the model support portions 61 in the first embodiment are provided at two locations separated from each other in the left-right direction, and the brackets 152 are provided at the first position 262 and the second position separated from each other in the left-right direction. 2 positions 264 can be selectively mounted. That is, in this embodiment, a model is provided in which the skeleton model 12 including both model support portions 61 is movably and fixedly set to a plurality of different positions (the first position 262 and the second position 264) inside the water tank 14. A position setting mechanism 266 is configured. Since the model supporting portion 61 in this embodiment has the same structure as in the first embodiment, the same reference numerals as those in the first embodiment are given in the figure, and detailed description thereof will be omitted.
 本実施形態の整形手技トレーニング装置260においても、水槽14の壁部46の少なくとも一部が、内視鏡16が挿通可能な弾性壁部材90により構成されていることから、前記第1の実施形態と同様の効果が発揮され得る。また、本実施形態のモデル位置設定機構266により骨格モデル12を左右方向の異なる位置(第1位置262及び第2位置264)に固定することができて、これにより弾性壁部材90に設けられる挿通用孔188から骨格モデル12までの距離を変更可能であることから、第2の実施形態と同様の効果が発揮され得る。特に、第3の実施形態では、骨格モデル12が固定され得る第1位置262と第2位置264とが予め設定されており、使用者は第1位置262と第2位置264との何れか一方を選択すればよいだけであることから、挿通用孔188(弾性壁部材90)と骨格モデル12との距離を細かく設定する必要がなく、骨格モデル12を水槽14に対してより容易に固定することができる。 Also in the orthopedic technique training device 260 of the present embodiment, at least a part of the wall portion 46 of the water tank 14 is composed of the elastic wall member 90 through which the endoscope 16 can be inserted. A similar effect can be exhibited. In addition, the model position setting mechanism 266 of this embodiment can fix the skeleton model 12 at different positions (the first position 262 and the second position 264) in the left-right direction. Since the distance from the common hole 188 to the skeleton model 12 can be changed, the same effect as the second embodiment can be exhibited. In particular, in the third embodiment, a first position 262 and a second position 264 to which the skeletal model 12 can be fixed are set in advance, and the user can select either the first position 262 or the second position 264. , the distance between the insertion hole 188 (elastic wall member 90) and the skeletal model 12 need not be finely set, and the skeletal model 12 can be more easily fixed to the water tank 14. be able to.
 以上、本発明の実施形態について説明してきたが、本発明はかかる実施形態における具体的な記載によって限定的に解釈されるものでなく、当業者の知識に基づいて種々なる変更、修正、改良などを加えた態様で実施可能である。 Although the embodiments of the present invention have been described above, the present invention is not to be construed as being limited by the specific descriptions in such embodiments, and various changes, modifications, improvements, etc. based on the knowledge of those skilled in the art. It is possible to implement in a mode in which
 例えば、前記実施形態では、弾性壁部材90が、周壁部26における右側の竪壁部28に設けられていたが、右側の竪壁部に代えて、又は加えて、左側の竪壁部や上壁部に弾性壁部材が設けられてもよい。なお、前記実施形態では、4つの竪壁部28のうちの1つである右側の竪壁部28に弾性壁部材90が設けられていたが、例えば4つの竪壁部のうち、隣接する2つ以上の竪壁部に跨って弾性壁部材が設けられてもよい。即ち、例えば弾性壁部材は、前記実施形態における水槽14の開口部50(上方開口部22及び開口部分48)の全体にわたって設けられてもよい。この場合、ブラインドの状態、要するに内視鏡による操作を上方から目視で確認できず、内視鏡からモニタを通じて取得された画像のみでトレーニングを行うこととなることから、より整形手技に精通した熟練者向けのトレーニング装置を提供することができる。さらに、前記実施形態では、弾性壁部材90が1つの部材により構成されていたが、複数の部材により構成されてもよく、例えば弾性壁部材に対して上壁部に設けられる如き弁体が配置されて、当該弁体を通じて内視鏡が挿通されてもよい。 For example, in the above-described embodiment, the elastic wall member 90 is provided on the right vertical wall portion 28 of the peripheral wall portion 26, but instead of or in addition to the right vertical wall portion, the elastic wall member 90 may A resilient wall member may be provided on the wall. In the above-described embodiment, the elastic wall member 90 is provided on the right vertical wall portion 28, which is one of the four vertical wall portions 28. An elastic wall member may be provided across one or more vertical wall portions. That is, for example, the elastic wall member may be provided over the entire opening 50 (the upper opening 22 and the opening 48) of the water tub 14 in the above embodiment. In this case, the condition of the blinds, in other words, the operation of the endoscope cannot be visually confirmed from above, and the training is conducted only with the images acquired from the endoscope through the monitor. We can provide a training device for people. Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the elastic wall member 90 is composed of one member, but may be composed of a plurality of members. and an endoscope may be inserted through the valve body.
 また、前記実施形態では、右側の竪壁部28の全体に亘って開口部分48が設けられていたが、弾性壁部材によって覆われる開口部分は、周壁部(各竪壁部)や上壁部において部分的に設けられてもよい。即ち、開口部分は、ハンドダウン等の内視鏡を大きく動かす動作時に、開口部分の周縁部により内視鏡の動作が阻害されない程度の大きさで設けられればよい。また、竪壁部の何れかにおいて、開口部分が窓状に設けられる場合には、竪壁部の上端から下方に向かって広がるように開口する態様であることが好ましい。なお、開口部分が1つの壁部において部分的に設けられる場合、開口部分の周縁部において弾性壁部材側に向かって突出するエッジ状当接部が設けられることが好ましい。かかるエッジ状当接部が設けられることで、弾性壁部材によるシール効果が安定して発揮され得る。 In the above-described embodiment, the opening 48 is provided over the entire right vertical wall 28, but the opening covered by the elastic wall member is the peripheral wall (each vertical wall) or the upper wall. may be partially provided in That is, the opening may be provided with a size that does not interfere with the operation of the endoscope by the peripheral edge of the opening when the endoscope is moved by a large amount, such as hand-down. Further, in the case where any of the vertical wall portions has a window-like opening, it is preferable that the opening be widened downward from the upper end of the vertical wall portion. In addition, when the opening is partially provided in one wall, it is preferable that an edge-like abutting portion projecting toward the elastic wall member is provided at the peripheral edge of the opening. By providing such an edge-like contact portion, the sealing effect of the elastic wall member can be stably exhibited.
 前記実施形態では、上側ロッド98及び下側ロッド100がそれぞれ弾性壁部材90の上端辺部及び下端辺部に挿通されていたが、上側ロッド及び下側ロッドは、弾性壁部材の外面又は内面に固着されてもよいし、弾性壁部材とは別体とされて、上方固定部材及び下方固定部材に対して、弾性壁部材の上端辺部及び下端辺部を挟み込んだ状態で固定されるようになっていてもよい。 In the above-described embodiment, the upper rod 98 and the lower rod 100 are inserted through the upper and lower edge portions of the elastic wall member 90, respectively. It may be fixed, or it may be separate from the elastic wall member and fixed to the upper fixing member and the lower fixing member with the upper end side portion and the lower end side portion of the elastic wall member sandwiched. It may be.
 弾性壁部材を外側から押圧する押圧機構は、前記第1の実施形態や第2及び第3の実施形態に記載の態様に限定されるものではない。押圧機構としては、例えばねじ機構やカム機構等を利用して押圧力を継続的に簡単な操作で及ぼすものであってもよいし、弾性壁部材と受槽の周壁との間にコイルスプリングを設けて、コイルスプリングの圧縮変形に伴う弾性的な復元力により弾性壁部材が水槽に押圧されるようになっていてもよい。 The pressing mechanism that presses the elastic wall member from the outside is not limited to the modes described in the first embodiment and the second and third embodiments. As the pressing mechanism, for example, a screw mechanism, a cam mechanism, or the like may be used to continuously exert a pressing force with a simple operation, or a coil spring may be provided between the elastic wall member and the peripheral wall of the receiving tank. Alternatively, the elastic wall member may be pressed against the water tank by an elastic restoring force that accompanies the compressive deformation of the coil spring.
 水槽と受槽とを水平方向で位置決めする位置決め機構は、前記実施形態に記載の態様に限定されるものではない。例えば、受槽の底壁から上方に突出して水槽の各水槽脚部を外側から覆う略矩形枠状の突部が設けられてもよく、かかる突部は周方向の全周に亘って設けられてもよいし、周方向で部分的に設けられてもよい。 The positioning mechanism for positioning the water tank and the receiving tank in the horizontal direction is not limited to the aspect described in the above embodiment. For example, a substantially rectangular frame-shaped protrusion may be provided that protrudes upward from the bottom wall of the receiving tank and covers each water tank leg of the water tank from the outside. may be provided partially in the circumferential direction.
 水槽と受槽とを装着状態で保持する連結手段は、前記実施形態に記載の如き永久磁石を利用したものに限定されない。例えば、前記実施形態のように、水槽脚部と受槽の底壁との間に凹凸を設けて、これら凹凸を圧入状態で嵌合してもよいし、水槽から突出する爪部が受槽における底壁や周壁に引っ掛かるようになっていてもよい。 The connection means for holding the water tank and the receiving tank in an attached state is not limited to those using permanent magnets as described in the above embodiment. For example, as in the above embodiment, unevenness may be provided between the water tank leg and the bottom wall of the receiving tank, and these unevenness may be fitted in a press-fit state, or the claw protruding from the water tank may be the bottom of the receiving tank. It may be adapted to be hooked on a wall or peripheral wall.
 また、前記実施形態では、弾性壁部材90が、水槽14における規定量の水18の水面より下方まで延びており、内視鏡16の挿通に際して、内視鏡16が空気層を介することなく水18中に差し入れられるようになっていたが、この態様に限定されない。即ち、弾性壁部材が、水槽におけるトレーニング用の液体(水)の液面よりも上方までしか設けられていなくても、例えば内視鏡(或いは穿孔部材)を弾性壁部材に挿入した後、内視鏡(或いは穿孔部材)を下方に押し下げることで、内視鏡の先端部分がトレーニング用の液体中に差し入れられるようになっていてもよい。 Further, in the above-described embodiment, the elastic wall member 90 extends below the water surface of the specified amount of water 18 in the water tank 14, so that when the endoscope 16 is inserted, the endoscope 16 is exposed to the water without passing through an air layer. 18, but it is not limited to this mode. That is, even if the elastic wall member is provided only above the liquid level of the training liquid (water) in the water tank, for example, after inserting an endoscope (or a perforating member) into the elastic wall member, Depressing the scope (or piercing member) downward may allow the tip portion of the endoscope to be inserted into the training fluid.
 更にまた、前記実施形態では、骨格モデル12がブラケット152に固定されると共に、ブラケット152がモデル支持部61,210により水槽14の底壁部24に固定されていたが、この態様に限定されるものではない。即ち、ブラケットは必須なものではないし、モデル支持部の具体的な構造は限定されるものではなく、例えば骨格モデルと水槽の底壁部との間に相互に嵌合や係止等する凹凸を設けて、これら凹凸が圧入嵌合したり係止固定されたりすることで、骨格モデルが水槽の底壁部に固定されるようになっていてもよい。なお、モデル支持部は、水槽の底壁部に設けられる必要はなく、水槽の周壁部に設けられてもよく、底壁部と周壁部との両方に跨って骨格モデルを固定させてもよい。 Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the skeletal model 12 is fixed to the bracket 152, and the bracket 152 is fixed to the bottom wall portion 24 of the water tank 14 by the model support portions 61 and 210, but it is limited to this aspect. not a thing That is, the bracket is not essential, and the specific structure of the model support is not limited. The skeletal model may be fixed to the bottom wall of the water tank by providing these protrusions and recesses by press-fitting or engaging and fixing them. Note that the model supporting section does not need to be provided on the bottom wall of the water tank, but may be provided on the peripheral wall of the water tank, and the skeletal model may be fixed across both the bottom wall and the peripheral wall. .
 さらに、前記第2及び第3の実施形態では、水槽14の内部において骨格モデル12を複数の異なる位置へ移動可能に且つ固定的に設定するモデル位置設定機構202,266が設けられていたが、挿通用孔から骨格モデルまでの距離の変更方法は上記態様に限定されるものではない。即ち、骨格モデルの位置を固定する一方、内視鏡の挿通用孔が設けられる水槽の壁部を移動させることで、挿通用孔から骨格モデルまでの距離を変更できるようにしてもよい。特に、骨格モデルの位置の変更に組み合わせて挿通用孔の位置を変更可能とすることで、より大きな距離にわたって挿通用孔から骨格モデルまでの距離を調節することができる。 Furthermore, in the second and third embodiments, the model position setting mechanisms 202 and 266 are provided for movably and fixedly setting the skeletal model 12 to a plurality of different positions inside the water tank 14. The method for changing the distance from the insertion hole to the skeleton model is not limited to the above mode. That is, while the position of the skeleton model is fixed, the wall of the water tank in which the endoscope insertion hole is provided may be moved to change the distance from the insertion hole to the skeleton model. In particular, by making it possible to change the position of the insertion hole in combination with the change of the position of the skeleton model, it is possible to adjust the distance from the insertion hole to the skeleton model over a larger distance.
 また、前記第2の実施形態では、ベース部材204が一方向(左右方向)で移動可能とされていたが、複数方向に移動可能とされてもよい。例えば、前記第2の実施形態における一対のガイドロッド240,240が固定されるベースプレートを設けて、当該ベースプレートを別の一対のガイドロッド等で水槽の底壁部に対して移動可能に支持させることで、ベース部材204を一対のガイドロッド240,240ごと別方向に移動させることができて、これにより、ベース部材204を、例えば水平な直交2軸方向(例えば左右方向及び前後方向)で移動可能としてもよい。 Also, in the second embodiment, the base member 204 is movable in one direction (horizontal direction), but it may be movable in multiple directions. For example, a base plate to which the pair of guide rods 240, 240 in the second embodiment are fixed may be provided, and the base plate may be movably supported with respect to the bottom wall of the water tank by another pair of guide rods or the like. , the base member 204 can be moved in different directions together with the pair of guide rods 240, 240, thereby making it possible to move the base member 204, for example, in horizontal orthogonal two-axis directions (for example, left-right direction and front-back direction). may be
 さらに、前記第2の実施形態では、ガイドロッド240の外周部分(ガイドロッド側凸部250)とガイド孔214の内周部分(ガイド孔側凸部238)とが軸方向で重なるように咬み合う咬み合い作用によりロック機構208が構成されていたが、ロック機構の具体的な構造は限定されるものではない。例えば、ガイドロッドの外周面とガイド孔の内周面とを非円形で相互に対応した略相似形状とすることで、特定の周方向相対位置で移動を許容する一方、そこからガイド孔に対してガイドロッドを周方向に回転させて内外周面を相互に径方向で押し付けることで咬み合わせるようにしてもよく、摩擦力等でベース部材の移動を阻止するロック機構が構成されるようになっていてもよい。 Furthermore, in the second embodiment, the outer peripheral portion of the guide rod 240 (the guide rod-side convex portion 250) and the inner peripheral portion of the guide hole 214 (the guide hole-side convex portion 238) mesh so as to overlap in the axial direction. Although the lock mechanism 208 is configured by the interlocking action, the specific structure of the lock mechanism is not limited. For example, by making the outer peripheral surface of the guide rod and the inner peripheral surface of the guide hole non-circular and substantially similar shapes corresponding to each other, while allowing movement at a specific relative position in the circumferential direction, from there to the guide hole By rotating the guide rods in the circumferential direction, the inner and outer peripheral surfaces may be pressed against each other in the radial direction so that the guide rods are engaged with each other, and a lock mechanism that prevents the movement of the base member by frictional force or the like is constructed. may be
 更にまた、前記第2の実施形態では、ガイドロッド240が中心軸回りで回動可能とされていたが、例えばベース部材において回転可能なスリーブを設けることでガイド孔を回動可能とする一方、回転不能なガイドロッドを採用してもよく、これによっても、ガイド孔とガイドロッドの相対回転によってベース部材の固定と移動を切り換えることが可能となる。 Furthermore, in the second embodiment, the guide rod 240 is rotatable around the central axis. A non-rotatable guide rod may be employed, which also makes it possible to switch between fixing and moving the base member by relative rotation between the guide hole and the guide rod.
 さらに、前記第3の実施形態では、左右方向で相互に離隔する第1位置262と第2位置264の2箇所において骨格モデル12が固定可能であったが、例えば前記第1の実施形態におけるモデル支持部61を複数設けることで、骨格モデルは水槽において左右方向及び/又は前後方向で相互に離隔する3箇所以上の位置で固定可能とされてもよい。 Furthermore, in the third embodiment, the skeletal model 12 can be fixed at two positions, the first position 262 and the second position 264, which are separated from each other in the left-right direction. By providing a plurality of supporting portions 61, the skeletal model may be fixed at three or more positions separated from each other in the lateral direction and/or the longitudinal direction in the water tank.
 また、前記実施形態の整形手技トレーニング装置10,200,260では、椎間板ヘルニアの手術のトレーニングを想定しており、骨格モデル12が腰椎を模していたが、これに限定されるものではない。即ち、本発明に係る整形手技トレーニング装置は、人体又は動物の各部における骨に関係する疾患のトレーニングに適用可能であり、例えば腱等を含む関節部位の疾患の措置など所望のトレーニングに対応する骨格モデルが適宜採用され得る。また、骨格モデルの種類や手技などに応じて、骨格モデルは前記実施形態の如き前後反転の他、任意の方向に回転させた状態で固定的に支持可能としてもよい。特に、鉛直線回りで回転可能とすることで、実際の手技の骨の鉛直方向と骨格モデルの鉛直方向とを揃えつつ、骨格モデルの水平方向を変更することが容易となり、整形手技のトレーニングに一層適する。 In addition, in the orthopedic technique training devices 10, 200, and 260 of the above embodiments, it is assumed that training for intervertebral disc herniation surgery is performed, and the skeletal model 12 imitates the lumbar vertebrae, but the present invention is not limited to this. That is, the orthopedic training apparatus according to the present invention is applicable to training for diseases related to bones in various parts of the human body or animals. A model can be adopted as appropriate. In addition, depending on the type of skeleton model and the technique, the skeleton model may be fixedly supported while being rotated in an arbitrary direction, in addition to being reversed front to back as in the above embodiment. In particular, by making it possible to rotate around the vertical line, it becomes easy to change the horizontal direction of the skeletal model while aligning the vertical direction of the bones in the actual procedure with the vertical direction of the skeletal model. more suitable.
10 整形手技トレーニング装置(第1の実施形態)
12 骨格モデル
14 水槽
16 内視鏡
18 水(トレーニング用の液体)
20 装置本体
22 上方開口部
24 底壁部
26 周壁部
28,28a,28b,28c 竪壁部
30 上壁部
32 貫通孔
34 弁体
36 薄肉部
40 上壁保持部
42 載置部
46 壁部
48 開口部分
50 開口部
52 エッジ状当接部
54 上方固定部材
56 上方支持凹部
57 抜止部材
58 下方固定部材
60 下方支持凹部
61 モデル支持部
62 第1固定部
64 第2固定部
66 第1固定溝
68 回動部材
70 押さえ部
72 摘まみ部
74 レバー部材
76 収容溝
78 水槽脚部
80 位置決め凹部
82 永久磁石
84 貫通孔
86 水槽排水口
88 水槽ポート部材
89 チューブ
90 弾性壁部材
92 右方平坦部
94 上方平坦部
96 湾曲壁部
98 上側ロッド
100 下側ロッド
102 把持部
104 取付凹部
106 受槽
108 押圧機構
110 底壁
112 周壁
114 受槽脚部
116 貫通孔
118 受槽排水口
120 受槽ポート部材
122 チューブ
124 位置決め凸部
126 永久磁石
127 位置決め機構
128 連結手段
129 ねじ穴
130 押圧プレート
132 ねじ
134 ノブ
136 締付部
138 凹部
140,142 椎間板
144 隙間
146 神経モデル
146a 馬尾神経を模した部分
146b 神経根を模した部分
148 内装物
150 被覆層
152 ブラケット
154 ピン穴
156 係合突部
158 本体部
160 第1ルーメン
162 第2ルーメン
164 第3ルーメン
166 吸引口
168 吐出口
170 カメラ
172 スリット
174 弁
176 吸引チューブ
178 吐出チューブ
180 ケーブル
182 コネクタ
184 ダイレータ(穿孔部材)
186 シース(穿孔部材)
188 挿通用孔
200 整形手技トレーニング装置(第2の実施形態)
202 モデル位置設定機構
204 ベース部材
206 ガイド機構
208 ロック機構
210 モデル支持部
212 装着部
214 ガイド孔
216 上方開口部
217a,217b 壁部
218,220 固定溝
222 水抜孔
223 開口部
224 ブラケット固定機構
226 ばね部
228 突出先端部
230 後方突出部
232 固定切換部
234 摘まみ部
236 当接部
238 ガイド孔側凸部(凸部)
240 ガイドロッド
242 固定部材
244 レバー部
246 芯棒
248 平坦面
250 ガイドロッド側凸部(凸部)
252 凹部
254 押圧機構
256 押圧部材
260 整形手技トレーニング装置(第3の実施形態)
262 第1位置
264 第2位置
266 モデル位置設定機構
L3 第3腰椎
L4 第4腰椎
L5 第5腰椎
10 Orthopedic Technique Training Apparatus (First Embodiment)
12 skeletal model 14 water tank 16 endoscope 18 water (liquid for training)
20 Apparatus main body 22 Upper opening 24 Bottom wall 26 Peripheral wall 28, 28a, 28b, 28c Vertical wall 30 Upper wall 32 Through hole 34 Valve body 36 Thin portion 40 Upper wall holding portion 42 Mounting portion 46 Wall 48 Opening portion 50 Opening 52 Edge-shaped abutting portion 54 Upper fixing member 56 Upper supporting recess 57 Retaining member 58 Lower fixing member 60 Lower supporting recess 61 Model supporting portion 62 First fixing portion 64 Second fixing portion 66 First fixing groove 68 Rotating member 70 Pressing portion 72 Knob portion 74 Lever member 76 Accommodating groove 78 Water tank leg portion 80 Positioning concave portion 82 Permanent magnet 84 Through hole 86 Water tank drain port 88 Water tank port member 89 Tube 90 Elastic wall member 92 Right flat portion 94 Above Flat portion 96 Curved wall portion 98 Upper rod 100 Lower rod 102 Grip portion 104 Mounting recess 106 Receiving tank 108 Pressing mechanism 110 Bottom wall 112 Peripheral wall 114 Receiving tank leg 116 Through hole 118 Receiving tank drain port 120 Receiving tank port member 122 Tube 124 Positioning protrusion 126 Permanent magnet 127 Positioning mechanism 128 Connecting means 129 Screw hole 130 Pressing plate 132 Screw 134 Knob 136 Tightening part 138 Concave part 140, 142 Intervertebral disc 144 Gap 146 Nerve model 146a Part 146b imitating cauda equina nerve Part 148 imitating nerve root Internal part Object 150 Coating layer 152 Bracket 154 Pin hole 156 Engagement protrusion 158 Main body 160 First lumen 162 Second lumen 164 Third lumen 166 Suction port 168 Discharge port 170 Camera 172 Slit 174 Valve 176 Suction tube 178 Discharge tube 180 Cable 182 Connector 184 Dilator (perforated member)
186 sheath (piercing member)
188 insertion hole 200 orthopedic training device (second embodiment)
202 model position setting mechanism 204 base member 206 guide mechanism 208 lock mechanism 210 model support portion 212 mounting portion 214 guide hole 216 upper openings 217a, 217b wall portions 218, 220 fixing groove 222 drain hole 223 opening portion 224 bracket fixing mechanism 226 spring Portion 228 Protruding tip portion 230 Rearward protruding portion 232 Fixed switching portion 234 Knob portion 236 Contact portion 238 Guide hole side convex portion (convex portion)
240 Guide rod 242 Fixed member 244 Lever portion 246 Core rod 248 Flat surface 250 Guide rod side convex portion (convex portion)
252 recess 254 pressing mechanism 256 pressing member 260 orthopedic training device (third embodiment)
262 First position 264 Second position 266 Model positioning mechanism L3 Third lumbar L4 Fourth lumbar L5 Fifth lumbar

Claims (25)

  1.  トレーニング用の液体を収容する水槽と、
     トレーニング用の骨格モデルを該水槽の内部に位置決め支持するモデル支持部と、
     該水槽の壁部の少なくとも一部を構成して内視鏡が挿通可能とされる弾性材からなる弾性壁部材と
    を、備える整形手技トレーニング装置。
    a water tank containing a training liquid;
    a model support for positioning and supporting a skeletal model for training inside the water tank;
    An orthopedic technique training device, comprising: an elastic wall member that constitutes at least a part of the wall of the water tank and is made of an elastic material through which an endoscope can be inserted.
  2.  前記弾性壁部材において、
     穿孔部材の穿刺によって前記内視鏡の挿通用孔が形成可能であり、且つ該穿孔部材の抜去により該弾性壁部材自体の弾性に基づいて該挿通用孔が閉鎖される請求項1に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。
    In the elastic wall member,
    2. The piercing member according to claim 1, wherein the piercing member allows the insertion hole for the endoscope to be formed, and the piercing member is pulled out to close the insertion hole based on the elasticity of the elastic wall member itself. Orthopedic training device.
  3.  前記弾性壁部材が、前記水槽の周壁部の少なくとも一部を構成していると共に、
     該弾性壁部材の上側部分は該水槽の上方開口を覆うように湾曲して内方に延びる湾曲壁部とされている請求項1又は2に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。
    The elastic wall member constitutes at least a part of the peripheral wall of the water tank, and
    3. The orthopedic training apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the upper portion of said elastic wall member is a curved wall portion that curves and extends inwardly so as to cover the upper opening of said water tank.
  4.  前記水槽の前記周壁部が全体として4つの平坦状の竪壁部を有する矩形筒形状であり、少なくとも1つの該竪壁部に設けられた開口部分に前記弾性壁部材が配されている請求項3に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。 3. The peripheral wall of the water tank has a rectangular cylindrical shape with four flat vertical walls as a whole, and the elastic wall member is arranged in an opening provided in at least one of the vertical walls. 3. The orthopedic training device according to 3.
  5.  前記弾性壁部材が矩形のシート状とされて、該弾性壁部材の上端縁部と下端縁部が前記水槽に対して固定的に取り付けられることによって該弾性壁部材が上下方向に引張状態で装着されており、
     かかる装着状態において該弾性壁部材の幅方向の両側部分が、前記開口部分の幅方向両側において開口側に向かって凸状とされたエッジ状当接部に対して押し付けられてシールされている請求項4に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。
    The elastic wall member is in the form of a rectangular sheet, and the upper edge and the lower edge of the elastic wall member are fixedly attached to the water tank so that the elastic wall member is attached in a state of tension in the vertical direction. has been
    In such an attached state, both widthwise side portions of the elastic wall member are pressed against the edge-like abutting portions that are convex toward the opening side on both widthwise side portions of the opening portion to be sealed. Item 5. The orthopedic training device according to item 4.
  6.  前記弾性壁部材の上端辺部に上側ロッドが取り付けられていると共に下端辺部に下側ロッドが取り付けられており、
     該上側ロッドと該下側ロッドが前記水槽に対して着脱可能に固定されることによって該弾性壁部材が上下方向に引張状態で装着されている請求項5に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。
    an upper rod is attached to the upper edge of the elastic wall member and a lower rod is attached to the lower edge of the elastic wall member;
    6. The orthopedic training device according to claim 5, wherein the elastic wall member is attached in a vertically tensioned state by detachably fixing the upper rod and the lower rod to the water tank.
  7.  前記開口部分が、1つの前記竪壁部において幅方向の全体に亘って形成されており、
     該1つの竪壁部に対して周方向の両隣に位置する両側の前記竪壁部の端縁部によって、前記弾性壁部材の幅方向の両側部分が押し付けられる前記エッジ状当接部が構成されている請求項5又は6に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。
    The opening is formed over the entire width of one vertical wall,
    The edge-like abutment portions against which the widthwise side portions of the elastic wall member are pressed are formed by the edge portions of the vertical wall portions on both sides located on both sides of the one vertical wall portion in the circumferential direction. The plastic surgery training device according to claim 5 or 6.
  8.  前記弾性壁部材の外周部分を、前記竪壁部に対して重ね合わされて当接状態でシールされる部分の少なくとも一部において外方から押圧する押圧機構が設けられている請求項4~7の何れか1項に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。 8. A pressing mechanism is provided for pressing the outer peripheral portion of the elastic wall member from the outside at least a part of the portion that overlaps the vertical wall portion and is sealed in a contact state. The orthopedic procedure training device according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
  9.  前記水槽の下方には上方への開口が該水槽の外周回りより大きくされた別体の受槽が配されており、前記弾性壁部材と該受槽の周壁との間に該弾性壁部材を外方から押圧する前記押圧機構が設けられている請求項8に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。 A separate receiving tank having an upward opening larger than the circumference of the outer periphery of the water tank is disposed below the water tank. 9. The orthopedic training device according to claim 8, wherein the pressing mechanism for pressing from is provided.
  10.  前記押圧機構が、弾性材からなるブロック状の押圧部材を含んで構成されている請求項9に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。 The orthopedic technique training device according to claim 9, wherein the pressing mechanism includes a block-shaped pressing member made of an elastic material.
  11.  前記弾性壁部材において、
     前記内視鏡の挿通予定位置を示す目視可能な位置マーカーが表示可能とされている請求項1~10の何れか1項に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。
    In the elastic wall member,
    The orthopedic surgery training device according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein a visible position marker indicating a planned insertion position of the endoscope can be displayed.
  12.  前記水槽において前記骨格モデルを水中に浸漬させるのに必要な規定水位が設定されており、該水槽において該規定水位よりも下方にまで至る領域が前記弾性壁部材で構成されている請求項1~11の何れか1項に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。 Claims 1 to 4, wherein a specified water level necessary for immersing the skeleton model in water is set in the water tank, and a region of the water tank below the specified water level is composed of the elastic wall member. 12. The orthopedic training device according to any one of 11.
  13.  前記水槽は、周壁部を構成する竪壁部と、上方開口を覆う上壁部とを備えており、
     該竪壁部と該上壁部が透明とされている請求項1~12の何れか1項に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。
    The water tank includes a vertical wall portion forming a peripheral wall portion and an upper wall portion covering an upper opening,
    The orthopedic training device according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the vertical wall portion and the upper wall portion are transparent.
  14.  前記水槽の前記壁部には前記内視鏡の挿通用孔が設けられていると共に、
     該水槽の内部において前記骨格モデルを複数の異なる位置へ移動可能に且つ固定的に設定するモデル位置設定機構を備えており、
     該骨格モデルの移動によって該挿通用孔から該骨格モデルまでの距離が変更可能とされている請求項1~13の何れか1項に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。
    The wall portion of the water tank is provided with an insertion hole for the endoscope,
    a model position setting mechanism for movably and fixedly setting the skeletal model to a plurality of different positions inside the water tank;
    The orthopedic surgery training device according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the distance from the insertion hole to the skeletal model can be changed by moving the skeletal model.
  15.  前記水槽の内部には、前記骨格モデルが着脱可能なベース部材が配されていると共に、
     該ベース部材を水平方向で移動可能に案内するガイド機構と、該ベース部材を該ガイド機構による移動方向において複数位置で位置決めするロック機構とを含んで、前記モデル位置設定機構が構成されている請求項14に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。
    A base member to which the skeletal model is attachable and detachable is arranged inside the water tank, and
    wherein the model position setting mechanism includes a guide mechanism for horizontally movably guiding the base member, and a lock mechanism for positioning the base member at a plurality of positions in the movement direction of the guide mechanism. Item 15. The orthopedic training device according to Item 14.
  16.  前記ガイド機構が、ガイドロッドと、前記ベース部材に設けられて該ガイドロッドが挿通されるガイド孔とを含んで構成されており、
     該ガイドロッドと該ガイド孔との中心軸回りの相対回転に伴って該ガイドロッドの外周部分と該ガイド孔の内周部分とが咬み合うようになっており、該咬み合い作用で該ガイドロッドの軸方向への該ベース部材の移動を阻止して固定可能とすることにより前記ロック機構が構成されている請求項15に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。
    The guide mechanism includes a guide rod and a guide hole provided in the base member and through which the guide rod is inserted,
    As the guide rod and the guide hole rotate relative to each other around the central axis, the outer peripheral portion of the guide rod and the inner peripheral portion of the guide hole engage with each other. 16. The orthopedic training device according to claim 15, wherein the lock mechanism is configured by preventing the movement of the base member in the axial direction of .
  17.  前記ロック機構において、前記ガイドロッドの外周面と前記ガイド孔の内周面とにそれぞれ周方向に延びる凸部が形成されており、該ガイドロッドと該ガイド孔との中心軸回りの相対回転によって該ガイドロッド側の該凸部と該ガイド孔側の該凸部とが軸方向で重なるように咬み合うことによって前記咬み合い作用が発揮されるようになっている請求項16に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。 In the lock mechanism, protrusions extending in the circumferential direction are formed on the outer peripheral surface of the guide rod and the inner peripheral surface of the guide hole, respectively. 17. The orthopedic procedure according to claim 16, wherein the occlusion action is exerted by engaging the convex portion on the guide rod side and the convex portion on the guide hole side so as to overlap in the axial direction. training device.
  18.  トレーニング用の液体を収容してトレーニング用の骨格モデルを該液体中に浸漬状態で設置できる水槽を備えており、該水槽の外部から内視鏡を差し入れて該骨格モデルへの施術手技をトレーニングする整形手技トレーニング装置において、
     前記水槽の下方に別体の受槽が配されており、該受槽における上方への開口が該水槽の外周回りよりも大きくされている整形手技トレーニング装置。
    A water tank is provided in which a training liquid is stored and a skeletal model for training can be placed in the liquid in an immersed state, and an endoscope is inserted from the outside of the water tank to train a treatment procedure for the skeletal model. In the orthopedic training device,
    An orthopedic training device, wherein a separate receiving tank is arranged below the water tank, and an upward opening in the receiving tank is made larger than the circumference of the outer circumference of the water tank.
  19.  前記水槽が前記受槽に対して着脱可能とされており、
     該水槽と該受槽とを水平方向で相対的に位置決めする位置決め機構が設けられている請求項18に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。
    The water tank is detachable from the receiving tank,
    19. The orthopedic training apparatus according to claim 18, further comprising a positioning mechanism for relatively positioning the water tank and the receiving tank in the horizontal direction.
  20.  前記受槽における液体の貯留可能な容積が、前記水槽においてトレーニングに際して貯留される規定の液体容量以上とされている請求項18又は19に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。 The orthopedic surgery training device according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the volume of liquid that can be stored in the receiving tank is equal to or greater than a prescribed volume of liquid that is stored in the water tank during training.
  21.  前記水槽には開閉可能な水槽排水口が設けられて、該水槽排水口が前記受槽内に開口位置されていると共に、
     該受槽にも開閉可能な受槽排水口が設けられている請求項18~20の何れか1項に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。
    The water tank is provided with a water tank drain port that can be opened and closed, and the water tank drain port is positioned as an opening in the receiving tank,
    The orthopedic training apparatus according to any one of claims 18 to 20, wherein the receiving tank is also provided with an openable/closable receiving tank drainage port.
  22.  前記水槽の周壁部を構成する竪壁部において前記内視鏡を差し入れ可能とされている請求項18~21の何れか1項に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。 The orthopedic technique training device according to any one of claims 18 to 21, wherein the endoscope can be inserted into the vertical wall portion forming the peripheral wall portion of the water tank.
  23.  前記水槽の前記竪壁部における前記内視鏡の差し入れ可能な位置が、トレーニングに際しての規定水位よりも下方に位置して設定されている請求項22に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。 The orthopedic technique training apparatus according to claim 22, wherein a position where the endoscope can be inserted in the vertical wall portion of the water tank is set below a prescribed water level for training.
  24.  前記水槽と前記受槽との離脱を制限して、該水槽に対して該受槽を装着状態に保持する連結手段が設けられている請求項18~23の何れか1項に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。 The orthopedic technique training apparatus according to any one of claims 18 to 23, further comprising connecting means for restricting detachment of the water tank and the receiving tank and holding the receiving tank in a state of being attached to the water tank. .
  25.  前記連結手段が永久磁石を用いて構成されている請求項24に記載の整形手技トレーニング装置。 The orthopedic training device according to claim 24, wherein the connecting means is constructed using a permanent magnet.
PCT/JP2022/039563 2022-02-18 2022-10-24 Orthopedic procedure training device WO2023157383A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-023831 2022-02-18
JP2022023831 2022-02-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023157383A1 true WO2023157383A1 (en) 2023-08-24

Family

ID=87577908

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/039563 WO2023157383A1 (en) 2022-02-18 2022-10-24 Orthopedic procedure training device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023157383A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013213986A (en) * 2012-04-03 2013-10-17 Toshio Nakanishi Congenital heart disease treatment training apparatus, and training method using the same
JP2013235040A (en) * 2012-05-07 2013-11-21 Tesshokai Human body model and practice method for operation
JP2016512349A (en) * 2013-03-15 2016-04-25 エー.ティー. スティル ユニバーシティー Multi-station system of motorized skeletal model to evaluate the asymmetry of the standard point
CN210324820U (en) * 2019-01-03 2020-04-14 浙江大学 Percutaneous spine minimally invasive surgery positioning puncture training model based on ultrasonic scanning positioning
CN112598983A (en) * 2020-12-10 2021-04-02 珠海维尔康生物科技有限公司 Simulation spine, simulation spine inner core and spine puncture model

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013213986A (en) * 2012-04-03 2013-10-17 Toshio Nakanishi Congenital heart disease treatment training apparatus, and training method using the same
JP2013235040A (en) * 2012-05-07 2013-11-21 Tesshokai Human body model and practice method for operation
JP2016512349A (en) * 2013-03-15 2016-04-25 エー.ティー. スティル ユニバーシティー Multi-station system of motorized skeletal model to evaluate the asymmetry of the standard point
CN210324820U (en) * 2019-01-03 2020-04-14 浙江大学 Percutaneous spine minimally invasive surgery positioning puncture training model based on ultrasonic scanning positioning
CN112598983A (en) * 2020-12-10 2021-04-02 珠海维尔康生物科技有限公司 Simulation spine, simulation spine inner core and spine puncture model

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101963610B1 (en) Simulated tissue structure for surgical training
US6371968B1 (en) Cavity retaining tool for bone surgery, a cavity retaining tool for general surgery, an endoscopic surgery system involving the use of a cavity retaining tool, and a procedure for surgery
EP3011550B1 (en) Gallbladder model
US6383191B1 (en) Laparoscopic instrument sleeve
WO2015146273A1 (en) Technique simulator
US20080033251A1 (en) Surgical retractor and method of use
EP2020901B1 (en) Endoscopic sleeve seal
US11576711B2 (en) Kyphoplasty system and method
CA3139494A1 (en) Hernia model
US9775723B2 (en) Instrument and system for placing graft, implant and graft material for minimally invasive posterolateral fusion
JP2004509660A (en) Trocar assembly
JP2008517694A (en) Adapters, lids, and connectors for stoma bags
JP2018524635A (en) Simulated incisionable tissue
US20230154355A1 (en) Renal hilum surgical simulation system
CN108926425A (en) A kind of wear-type eye medicine applying instrument
WO2023157383A1 (en) Orthopedic procedure training device
CN213518882U (en) Operation training model for simulating human tissue vertebra characteristics
WO2020025533A1 (en) System for validating and training invasive interventions
JP2024060374A (en) Training device for endoscopic orthopedic procedures
EP3352642B1 (en) Fluid filtration, cleaning, and defogging device
JP4502757B2 (en) Endoscopy operation training device
WO2022059717A1 (en) Orthopedic technique training device and skeleton model
JP2019152770A (en) Injection training device
WO2013036780A1 (en) Siaiendoscopy demonstration apparatus
CN114343745A (en) Air-water double-medium working channel for coupling endoscope and microscope

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22927277

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2024500948

Country of ref document: JP